xref: /linux/include/net/cfg80211.h (revision 3494bec0f6ac8ac06e0ad7c35933db345b2c5a83)
1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H
4 /*
5  * 802.11 device and configuration interface
6  *
7  * Copyright 2006-2010	Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
8  * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
9  * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
10  * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation
11  */
12 
13 #include <linux/netdevice.h>
14 #include <linux/debugfs.h>
15 #include <linux/list.h>
16 #include <linux/bug.h>
17 #include <linux/netlink.h>
18 #include <linux/skbuff.h>
19 #include <linux/nl80211.h>
20 #include <linux/if_ether.h>
21 #include <linux/ieee80211.h>
22 #include <linux/net.h>
23 #include <net/regulatory.h>
24 
25 /**
26  * DOC: Introduction
27  *
28  * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
29  * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
30  * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
31  * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
32  * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
33  * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
34  *
35  * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
36  * use restrictions.
37  */
38 
39 
40 /**
41  * DOC: Device registration
42  *
43  * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
44  * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
45  * described below.
46  *
47  * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
48  * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
49  * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
50  * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
51  * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
52  * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
53  * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
54  * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
55  * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
56  *
57  * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
58  * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
59  * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
60  */
61 
62 struct wiphy;
63 
64 /*
65  * wireless hardware capability structures
66  */
67 
68 /**
69  * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
70  *
71  * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
72  *
73  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
74  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
75  * 	sending probe requests or beaconing.
76  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
77  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
78  * 	is not permitted.
79  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
80  * 	is not permitted.
81  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
82  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
83  *	this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
84  *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
85  *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
86  *	restrictions.
87  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
88  *	this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
89  *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
90  *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
91  *	restrictions.
92  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
93  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
94  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
95  *	on this channel.
96  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
97  *	on this channel.
98  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel.
99  *
100  */
101 enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
102 	IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED		= 1<<0,
103 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR		= 1<<1,
104 	/* hole at 1<<2 */
105 	IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR		= 1<<3,
106 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS	= 1<<4,
107 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<5,
108 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM		= 1<<6,
109 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<7,
110 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ	= 1<<8,
111 	IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY	= 1<<9,
112 	IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<10,
113 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ		= 1<<11,
114 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ		= 1<<12,
115 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE		= 1<<13,
116 };
117 
118 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
119 	(IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
120 
121 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS		60000
122 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS		(30 * 60 * 1000)
123 
124 /**
125  * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
126  *
127  * This structure describes a single channel for use
128  * with cfg80211.
129  *
130  * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
131  * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
132  * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
133  * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
134  *	code to support devices with additional restrictions
135  * @band: band this channel belongs to.
136  * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
137  * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
138  * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
139  * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
140  *	has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
141  *	to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
142  * @orig_mag: internal use
143  * @orig_mpwr: internal use
144  * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
145  *	on this channel.
146  * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
147  * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
148  */
149 struct ieee80211_channel {
150 	enum nl80211_band band;
151 	u32 center_freq;
152 	u16 hw_value;
153 	u32 flags;
154 	int max_antenna_gain;
155 	int max_power;
156 	int max_reg_power;
157 	bool beacon_found;
158 	u32 orig_flags;
159 	int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
160 	enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
161 	unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
162 	unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
163 };
164 
165 /**
166  * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
167  *
168  * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
169  * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
170  * different bands/PHY modes.
171  *
172  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
173  *	preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
174  *	with CCK rates.
175  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
176  *	when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
177  *	core code when registering the wiphy.
178  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
179  *	when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
180  *	core code when registering the wiphy.
181  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
182  *	when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
183  *	core code when registering the wiphy.
184  * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
185  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
186  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
187  */
188 enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
189 	IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= 1<<0,
190 	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A	= 1<<1,
191 	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B	= 1<<2,
192 	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G	= 1<<3,
193 	IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G		= 1<<4,
194 	IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ	= 1<<5,
195 	IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ	= 1<<6,
196 };
197 
198 /**
199  * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
200  *
201  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
202  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
203  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
204  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
205  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
206  */
207 enum ieee80211_bss_type {
208 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
209 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
210 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
211 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
212 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
213 };
214 
215 /**
216  * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
217  *
218  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
219  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
220  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
221  */
222 enum ieee80211_privacy {
223 	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
224 	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
225 	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
226 };
227 
228 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x)	\
229 	((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
230 
231 /**
232  * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
233  *
234  * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
235  * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
236  * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
237  * passed around.
238  *
239  * @flags: rate-specific flags
240  * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
241  * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
242  * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
243  *	short preamble is used
244  */
245 struct ieee80211_rate {
246 	u32 flags;
247 	u16 bitrate;
248 	u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
249 };
250 
251 /**
252  * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse
253  *
254  * @enable: is the feature enabled.
255  * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use
256  * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use
257  */
258 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd {
259 	bool enable;
260 	u8 min_offset;
261 	u8 max_offset;
262 };
263 
264 /**
265  * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring
266  *
267  * @color: the current color.
268  * @disabled: is the feature disabled.
269  * @partial: define the AID equation.
270  */
271 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color {
272 	u8 color;
273 	bool disabled;
274 	bool partial;
275 };
276 
277 /**
278  * struct ieee80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring
279  *
280  * @color: the current color.
281  * @disabled: is the feature disabled.
282  * @partial: define the AID equation.
283  */
284 struct ieee80211_he_bss_color {
285 	u8 color;
286 	bool disabled;
287 	bool partial;
288 };
289 
290 /**
291  * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
292  *
293  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
294  * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
295  *
296  * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
297  * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
298  * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
299  * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
300  * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
301  */
302 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
303 	u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
304 	bool ht_supported;
305 	u8 ampdu_factor;
306 	u8 ampdu_density;
307 	struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
308 };
309 
310 /**
311  * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
312  *
313  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
314  * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
315  *
316  * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
317  * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
318  * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
319  */
320 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
321 	bool vht_supported;
322 	u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
323 	struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
324 };
325 
326 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN		25
327 
328 /**
329  * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
330  *
331  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
332  * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
333  *
334  * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
335  * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
336  * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
337  * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
338  */
339 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap {
340 	bool has_he;
341 	struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem;
342 	struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp;
343 	u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
344 };
345 
346 /**
347  * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
348  *
349  * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
350  * interface types defined in @types_mask.  Each type in the
351  * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
352  *
353  * @types_mask: interface types mask
354  * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
355  */
356 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data {
357 	u16 types_mask;
358 	struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
359 };
360 
361 /**
362  * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations
363  *
364  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz
365  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz
366  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz
367  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz
368  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
369  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
370  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
371  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and
372  *	2.16GHz+2.16GHz
373  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
374  *	4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
375  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
376  *	4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
377  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
378  *	and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
379  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz,
380  *	2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
381  */
382 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config {
383 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4	= 4,
384 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5	= 5,
385 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6	= 6,
386 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7	= 7,
387 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8	= 8,
388 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9	= 9,
389 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10	= 10,
390 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11	= 11,
391 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12	= 12,
392 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13	= 13,
393 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14	= 14,
394 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15	= 15,
395 };
396 
397 /**
398  * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration
399  *
400  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
401  * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration
402  *
403  * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s)
404  *	that are allowed to be used for transmissions.
405  *	Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc.
406  *	Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported.
407  * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
408  *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations
409  */
410 struct ieee80211_edmg {
411 	u8 channels;
412 	enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config;
413 };
414 
415 /**
416  * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
417  *
418  * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
419  * is able to operate in.
420  *
421  * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in
422  *	in this band.
423  * @band: the band this structure represents
424  * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
425  * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
426  *	in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
427  *	rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
428  * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
429  * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
430  * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
431  * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band
432  * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
433  * @iftype_data: interface type data entries.  Note that the bits in
434  *	@types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
435  *	one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
436  *	iftype_data).
437  */
438 struct ieee80211_supported_band {
439 	struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
440 	struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
441 	enum nl80211_band band;
442 	int n_channels;
443 	int n_bitrates;
444 	struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
445 	struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
446 	struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap;
447 	u16 n_iftype_data;
448 	const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data;
449 };
450 
451 /**
452  * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
453  * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
454  * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
455  *
456  * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
457  */
458 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *
459 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
460 				u8 iftype)
461 {
462 	int i;
463 
464 	if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX))
465 		return NULL;
466 
467 	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++)  {
468 		const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
469 			&sband->iftype_data[i];
470 
471 		if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype))
472 			return data;
473 	}
474 
475 	return NULL;
476 }
477 
478 /**
479  * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype
480  * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
481  * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
482  *
483  * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
484  */
485 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
486 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
487 			    u8 iftype)
488 {
489 	const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
490 		ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
491 
492 	if (data && data->he_cap.has_he)
493 		return &data->he_cap;
494 
495 	return NULL;
496 }
497 
498 /**
499  * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA
500  * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
501  *
502  * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
503  */
504 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
505 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband)
506 {
507 	return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION);
508 }
509 
510 /**
511  * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
512  *
513  * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
514  *
515  * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
516  * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
517  * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
518  *
519  * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
520  * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
521  * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
522  * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
523  * without affecting other devices.
524  *
525  * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
526  * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
527  * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
528  */
529 #ifdef CONFIG_OF
530 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
531 #else /* CONFIG_OF */
532 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
533 {
534 }
535 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
536 
537 
538 /*
539  * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
540  */
541 
542 /**
543  * DOC: Actions and configuration
544  *
545  * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
546  * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
547  * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
548  * operations use are described separately.
549  *
550  * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
551  * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
552  *
553  * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
554  * in a separate chapter.
555  */
556 
557 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
558 				    WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
559 
560 /**
561  * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
562  * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
563  *	%MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
564  * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
565  * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
566  *	If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
567  *	determine the address as needed.
568  *	This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
569  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag.  Others may support creating
570  **	only p2p devices with specified MAC.
571  * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
572  *	belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
573  * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
574  *	MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
575  */
576 struct vif_params {
577 	u32 flags;
578 	int use_4addr;
579 	u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
580 	const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
581 	const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
582 };
583 
584 /**
585  * struct key_params - key information
586  *
587  * Information about a key
588  *
589  * @key: key material
590  * @key_len: length of key material
591  * @cipher: cipher suite selector
592  * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
593  *	with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
594  *	length given by @seq_len.
595  * @seq_len: length of @seq.
596  * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero)
597  * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX)
598  */
599 struct key_params {
600 	const u8 *key;
601 	const u8 *seq;
602 	int key_len;
603 	int seq_len;
604 	u16 vlan_id;
605 	u32 cipher;
606 	enum nl80211_key_mode mode;
607 };
608 
609 /**
610  * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
611  * @chan: the (control) channel
612  * @width: channel width
613  * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
614  * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
615  *	(only with 80+80 MHz)
616  * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration.
617  *	If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero),
618  *	chan will define the primary channel and all other
619  *	parameters are ignored.
620  */
621 struct cfg80211_chan_def {
622 	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
623 	enum nl80211_chan_width width;
624 	u32 center_freq1;
625 	u32 center_freq2;
626 	struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
627 };
628 
629 /**
630  * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
631  * @chandef: the channel definition
632  *
633  * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
634  * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
635  */
636 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
637 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
638 {
639 	switch (chandef->width) {
640 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
641 		return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
642 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
643 		return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
644 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
645 		if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
646 			return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
647 		return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
648 	default:
649 		WARN_ON(1);
650 		return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
651 	}
652 }
653 
654 /**
655  * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
656  * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
657  * @channel: the control channel
658  * @chantype: the channel type
659  *
660  * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
661  */
662 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
663 			     struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
664 			     enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
665 
666 /**
667  * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
668  * @chandef1: first channel definition
669  * @chandef2: second channel definition
670  *
671  * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
672  * identical, %false otherwise.
673  */
674 static inline bool
675 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
676 			   const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
677 {
678 	return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
679 		chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
680 		chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
681 		chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
682 }
683 
684 /**
685  * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel
686  *
687  * @chandef: the channel definition
688  *
689  * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise.
690  */
691 static inline bool
692 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
693 {
694 	return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config;
695 }
696 
697 /**
698  * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
699  * @chandef1: first channel definition
700  * @chandef2: second channel definition
701  *
702  * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
703  * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
704  */
705 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
706 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
707 			    const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
708 
709 /**
710  * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
711  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
712  * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
713  */
714 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
715 
716 /**
717  * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
718  * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
719  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
720  * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
721  * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
722  */
723 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
724 			     const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
725 			     u32 prohibited_flags);
726 
727 /**
728  * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
729  * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
730  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
731  * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
732  * Returns:
733  *	1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
734  */
735 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
736 				  const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
737 				  enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
738 
739 /**
740  * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
741  *
742  * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
743  * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
744  *
745  * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
746  *
747  * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
748  */
749 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
750 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
751 {
752 	switch (chandef->width) {
753 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
754 		return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
755 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
756 		return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
757 	default:
758 		break;
759 	}
760 	return 0;
761 }
762 
763 /**
764  * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
765  *
766  * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
767  * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
768  * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
769  *
770  * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
771  *
772  * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
773  */
774 static inline int
775 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
776 {
777 	switch (chandef->width) {
778 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
779 		return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
780 			   chandef->chan->max_power);
781 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
782 		return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
783 			   chandef->chan->max_power);
784 	default:
785 		break;
786 	}
787 	return chandef->chan->max_power;
788 }
789 
790 /**
791  * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
792  *
793  * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
794  * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
795  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
796  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
797  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
798  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
799  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
800  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
801  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in
802  *
803  * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
804  * it has filled in during the get_survey().
805  */
806 enum survey_info_flags {
807 	SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM		= BIT(0),
808 	SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE		= BIT(1),
809 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME		= BIT(2),
810 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY		= BIT(3),
811 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY	= BIT(4),
812 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX		= BIT(5),
813 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX		= BIT(6),
814 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN		= BIT(7),
815 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX		= BIT(8),
816 };
817 
818 /**
819  * struct survey_info - channel survey response
820  *
821  * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
822  *	record to report global statistics
823  * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
824  * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
825  *	optional
826  * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
827  * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
828  * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
829  * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
830  * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
831  * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
832  * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS
833  *
834  * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
835  *
836  * This structure can later be expanded with things like
837  * channel duty cycle etc.
838  */
839 struct survey_info {
840 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
841 	u64 time;
842 	u64 time_busy;
843 	u64 time_ext_busy;
844 	u64 time_rx;
845 	u64 time_tx;
846 	u64 time_scan;
847 	u64 time_bss_rx;
848 	u32 filled;
849 	s8 noise;
850 };
851 
852 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS	4
853 
854 /**
855  * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
856  * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
857  *	(from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
858  * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
859  * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
860  * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
861  * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
862  * @akm_suites: AKM suites
863  * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
864  *	sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
865  *	required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
866  *	user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
867  * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
868  *	allowed through even on unauthorized ports
869  * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
870  *	protocol frames.
871  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
872  *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
873  * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
874  *	CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
875  * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
876  * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
877  * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE
878  *	offload)
879  * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload)
880  */
881 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
882 	u32 wpa_versions;
883 	u32 cipher_group;
884 	int n_ciphers_pairwise;
885 	u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
886 	int n_akm_suites;
887 	u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES];
888 	bool control_port;
889 	__be16 control_port_ethertype;
890 	bool control_port_no_encrypt;
891 	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
892 	struct key_params *wep_keys;
893 	int wep_tx_key;
894 	const u8 *psk;
895 	const u8 *sae_pwd;
896 	u8 sae_pwd_len;
897 };
898 
899 /**
900  * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
901  * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
902  *	or %NULL if not changed
903  * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
904  *	or %NULL if not changed
905  * @head_len: length of @head
906  * @tail_len: length of @tail
907  * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
908  * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
909  * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
910  *	frames or %NULL
911  * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
912  * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
913  *	Response frames or %NULL
914  * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
915  * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
916  * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
917  * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
918  *	(which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
919  * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
920  *	(measurement type 8)
921  * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
922  *	Token (measurement type 11)
923  * @lci_len: LCI data length
924  * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
925  */
926 struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
927 	const u8 *head, *tail;
928 	const u8 *beacon_ies;
929 	const u8 *proberesp_ies;
930 	const u8 *assocresp_ies;
931 	const u8 *probe_resp;
932 	const u8 *lci;
933 	const u8 *civicloc;
934 	s8 ftm_responder;
935 
936 	size_t head_len, tail_len;
937 	size_t beacon_ies_len;
938 	size_t proberesp_ies_len;
939 	size_t assocresp_ies_len;
940 	size_t probe_resp_len;
941 	size_t lci_len;
942 	size_t civicloc_len;
943 };
944 
945 struct mac_address {
946 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
947 };
948 
949 /**
950  * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
951  *
952  * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
953  *	entry specified by mac_addr
954  * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
955  * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
956  */
957 struct cfg80211_acl_data {
958 	enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
959 	int n_acl_entries;
960 
961 	/* Keep it last */
962 	struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
963 };
964 
965 /*
966  * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
967  */
968 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
969 	struct {
970 		u32 legacy;
971 		u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
972 		u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
973 		enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
974 	} control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
975 };
976 
977 /**
978  * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
979  *
980  * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings
981  *
982  * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication
983  */
984 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags {
985 	AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0),
986 };
987 
988 /**
989  * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
990  *
991  * Used to configure an AP interface.
992  *
993  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
994  * @beacon: beacon data
995  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
996  * @dtim_period: DTIM period
997  * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
998  *	user space)
999  * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
1000  * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
1001  * @crypto: crypto settings
1002  * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
1003  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
1004  * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
1005  * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
1006  * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
1007  * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
1008  * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
1009  *	MAC address based access control
1010  * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
1011  *	networks.
1012  * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1013  * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
1014  * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
1015  * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
1016  * @ht_required: stations must support HT
1017  * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
1018  * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time
1019  * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags
1020  * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings
1021  * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings
1022  */
1023 struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
1024 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1025 
1026 	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
1027 
1028 	int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
1029 	const u8 *ssid;
1030 	size_t ssid_len;
1031 	enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
1032 	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
1033 	bool privacy;
1034 	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
1035 	enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
1036 	int inactivity_timeout;
1037 	u8 p2p_ctwindow;
1038 	bool p2p_opp_ps;
1039 	const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
1040 	bool pbss;
1041 	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1042 
1043 	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
1044 	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
1045 	const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap;
1046 	bool ht_required, vht_required;
1047 	bool twt_responder;
1048 	u32 flags;
1049 	struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
1050 	struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color;
1051 };
1052 
1053 /**
1054  * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
1055  *
1056  * Used for channel switch
1057  *
1058  * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
1059  * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
1060  * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
1061  * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
1062  * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
1063  * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
1064  * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
1065  * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
1066  * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
1067  * @count: number of beacons until switch
1068  */
1069 struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
1070 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1071 	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
1072 	const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
1073 	const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
1074 	unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
1075 	unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
1076 	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
1077 	bool radar_required;
1078 	bool block_tx;
1079 	u8 count;
1080 };
1081 
1082 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10
1083 
1084 /**
1085  * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
1086  *
1087  * Used to pass interface combination parameters
1088  *
1089  * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
1090  *	to use for verification
1091  * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
1092  *	width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
1093  *	&struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
1094  * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
1095  *	type.  The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
1096  *	nl80211_iftype.
1097  * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
1098  *	that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
1099  *	the verification
1100  */
1101 struct iface_combination_params {
1102 	int num_different_channels;
1103 	u8 radar_detect;
1104 	int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
1105 	u32 new_beacon_int;
1106 };
1107 
1108 /**
1109  * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
1110  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
1111  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
1112  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
1113  *
1114  * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
1115  * for those that don't these flags will are used.
1116  */
1117 enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
1118 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
1119 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
1120 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
1121 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3),
1122 };
1123 
1124 /**
1125  * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
1126  *
1127  * Used to configure txpower for station.
1128  *
1129  * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power
1130  *	is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be
1131  *	overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx
1132  *	power per-interface or per-station.
1133  * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
1134  *	will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
1135  *	%type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
1136  *	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
1137  *	per peer TPC.
1138  */
1139 struct sta_txpwr {
1140 	s16 power;
1141 	enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
1142 };
1143 
1144 /**
1145  * struct station_parameters - station parameters
1146  *
1147  * Used to change and create a new station.
1148  *
1149  * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
1150  * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1151  *	(or NULL for no change)
1152  * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
1153  * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
1154  *	(bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1155  * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
1156  *	(bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1157  * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
1158  * @aid: AID or zero for no change
1159  * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero)
1160  * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
1161  * @plink_action: plink action to take
1162  * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
1163  * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
1164  * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
1165  * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
1166  *	as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
1167  * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
1168  *	QoS info field (but already shifted down)
1169  * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
1170  *	(for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
1171  *	see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
1172  * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
1173  *	to unknown)
1174  * @capability: station capability
1175  * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
1176  * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
1177  * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
1178  * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
1179  * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
1180  * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
1181  * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
1182  * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
1183  * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
1184  * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
1185  * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
1186  * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
1187  */
1188 struct station_parameters {
1189 	const u8 *supported_rates;
1190 	struct net_device *vlan;
1191 	u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
1192 	u32 sta_modify_mask;
1193 	int listen_interval;
1194 	u16 aid;
1195 	u16 vlan_id;
1196 	u16 peer_aid;
1197 	u8 supported_rates_len;
1198 	u8 plink_action;
1199 	u8 plink_state;
1200 	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
1201 	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
1202 	u8 uapsd_queues;
1203 	u8 max_sp;
1204 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1205 	u16 capability;
1206 	const u8 *ext_capab;
1207 	u8 ext_capab_len;
1208 	const u8 *supported_channels;
1209 	u8 supported_channels_len;
1210 	const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
1211 	u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
1212 	u8 opmode_notif;
1213 	bool opmode_notif_used;
1214 	int support_p2p_ps;
1215 	const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa;
1216 	u8 he_capa_len;
1217 	u16 airtime_weight;
1218 	struct sta_txpwr txpwr;
1219 };
1220 
1221 /**
1222  * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
1223  *
1224  * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
1225  *
1226  * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
1227  * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
1228  *	(10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
1229  * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
1230  */
1231 struct station_del_parameters {
1232 	const u8 *mac;
1233 	u8 subtype;
1234 	u16 reason_code;
1235 };
1236 
1237 /**
1238  * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
1239  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
1240  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
1241  *	unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
1242  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
1243  *	the AP MLME in the device
1244  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
1245  * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
1246  * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
1247  *	while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
1248  *	being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
1249  *	supported/used)
1250  * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
1251  *	entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
1252  * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
1253  * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
1254  */
1255 enum cfg80211_station_type {
1256 	CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
1257 	CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
1258 	CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
1259 	CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
1260 	CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
1261 	CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
1262 	CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
1263 	CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
1264 	CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
1265 };
1266 
1267 /**
1268  * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
1269  * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
1270  * @params: the new parameters for a station
1271  * @statype: the type of station being modified
1272  *
1273  * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
1274  * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
1275  * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
1276  * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
1277  * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
1278  */
1279 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1280 				  struct station_parameters *params,
1281 				  enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
1282 
1283 /**
1284  * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1285  *
1286  * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1287  * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1288  *
1289  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
1290  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
1291  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
1292  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS
1293  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
1294  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode
1295  */
1296 enum rate_info_flags {
1297 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS			= BIT(0),
1298 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS			= BIT(1),
1299 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI		= BIT(2),
1300 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG			= BIT(3),
1301 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS			= BIT(4),
1302 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG			= BIT(5),
1303 };
1304 
1305 /**
1306  * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
1307  *
1308  * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
1309  *
1310  * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
1311  * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
1312  * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
1313  * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
1314  * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
1315  * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
1316  * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
1317  */
1318 enum rate_info_bw {
1319 	RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
1320 	RATE_INFO_BW_5,
1321 	RATE_INFO_BW_10,
1322 	RATE_INFO_BW_40,
1323 	RATE_INFO_BW_80,
1324 	RATE_INFO_BW_160,
1325 	RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU,
1326 };
1327 
1328 /**
1329  * struct rate_info - bitrate information
1330  *
1331  * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
1332  *
1333  * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
1334  * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate
1335  * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
1336  * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
1337  * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
1338  * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
1339  * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
1340  * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
1341  *	only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
1342  * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4)
1343  */
1344 struct rate_info {
1345 	u8 flags;
1346 	u8 mcs;
1347 	u16 legacy;
1348 	u8 nss;
1349 	u8 bw;
1350 	u8 he_gi;
1351 	u8 he_dcm;
1352 	u8 he_ru_alloc;
1353 	u8 n_bonded_ch;
1354 };
1355 
1356 /**
1357  * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1358  *
1359  * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1360  * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1361  *
1362  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
1363  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1364  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
1365  */
1366 enum bss_param_flags {
1367 	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT	= 1<<0,
1368 	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= 1<<1,
1369 	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME	= 1<<2,
1370 };
1371 
1372 /**
1373  * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
1374  *
1375  * Information about the currently associated BSS
1376  *
1377  * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
1378  * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
1379  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1380  */
1381 struct sta_bss_parameters {
1382 	u8 flags;
1383 	u8 dtim_period;
1384 	u16 beacon_interval;
1385 };
1386 
1387 /**
1388  * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
1389  * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
1390  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1391  * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
1392  * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
1393  * @flows: number of new flows seen
1394  * @drops: total number of packets dropped
1395  * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
1396  * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
1397  * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
1398  * @collisions: number of hash collisions
1399  * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
1400  * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
1401  * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
1402  */
1403 struct cfg80211_txq_stats {
1404 	u32 filled;
1405 	u32 backlog_bytes;
1406 	u32 backlog_packets;
1407 	u32 flows;
1408 	u32 drops;
1409 	u32 ecn_marks;
1410 	u32 overlimit;
1411 	u32 overmemory;
1412 	u32 collisions;
1413 	u32 tx_bytes;
1414 	u32 tx_packets;
1415 	u32 max_flows;
1416 };
1417 
1418 /**
1419  * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
1420  * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
1421  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1422  * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
1423  * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
1424  * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
1425  *	transmitted MSDUs
1426  * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
1427  * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
1428  */
1429 struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
1430 	u32 filled;
1431 	u64 rx_msdu;
1432 	u64 tx_msdu;
1433 	u64 tx_msdu_retries;
1434 	u64 tx_msdu_failed;
1435 	struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats;
1436 };
1437 
1438 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS	4
1439 
1440 /**
1441  * struct station_info - station information
1442  *
1443  * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
1444  *
1445  * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
1446  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
1447  * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
1448  * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
1449  * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association
1450  * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
1451  * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
1452  * @llid: mesh local link id
1453  * @plid: mesh peer link id
1454  * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
1455  * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1456  *	For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1457  * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1458  *	For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1459  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
1460  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
1461  * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
1462  * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
1463  * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
1464  * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
1465  * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
1466  * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
1467  * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
1468  * @rx_dropped_misc:  Dropped for un-specified reason.
1469  * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
1470  * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1471  *	This number should increase every time the list of stations
1472  *	changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1473  *	userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1474  * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
1475  *	This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
1476  *	user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
1477  *	the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
1478  * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
1479  * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1480  * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1481  * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1482  * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
1483  * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
1484  * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1485  * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
1486  *	towards this station.
1487  * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
1488  * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
1489  *	from this peer
1490  * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
1491  * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
1492  * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
1493  * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
1494  * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
1495  *	(IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
1496  *	Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
1497  * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
1498  * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
1499  *	been sent.
1500  * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
1501  * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
1502  *	an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
1503  *	received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
1504  * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric.
1505  */
1506 struct station_info {
1507 	u64 filled;
1508 	u32 connected_time;
1509 	u32 inactive_time;
1510 	u64 assoc_at;
1511 	u64 rx_bytes;
1512 	u64 tx_bytes;
1513 	u16 llid;
1514 	u16 plid;
1515 	u8 plink_state;
1516 	s8 signal;
1517 	s8 signal_avg;
1518 
1519 	u8 chains;
1520 	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1521 	s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1522 
1523 	struct rate_info txrate;
1524 	struct rate_info rxrate;
1525 	u32 rx_packets;
1526 	u32 tx_packets;
1527 	u32 tx_retries;
1528 	u32 tx_failed;
1529 	u32 rx_dropped_misc;
1530 	struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
1531 	struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
1532 
1533 	int generation;
1534 
1535 	const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
1536 	size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
1537 
1538 	u32 beacon_loss_count;
1539 	s64 t_offset;
1540 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1541 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
1542 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
1543 
1544 	u32 expected_throughput;
1545 
1546 	u64 tx_duration;
1547 	u64 rx_duration;
1548 	u64 rx_beacon;
1549 	u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
1550 	u8 connected_to_gate;
1551 
1552 	struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid;
1553 	s8 ack_signal;
1554 	s8 avg_ack_signal;
1555 
1556 	u16 airtime_weight;
1557 
1558 	u32 rx_mpdu_count;
1559 	u32 fcs_err_count;
1560 
1561 	u32 airtime_link_metric;
1562 };
1563 
1564 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
1565 /**
1566  * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
1567  * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
1568  * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
1569  * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
1570  *
1571  * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
1572  * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
1573  * considered undefined.
1574  */
1575 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
1576 			 struct station_info *sinfo);
1577 #else
1578 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
1579 				       const u8 *mac_addr,
1580 				       struct station_info *sinfo)
1581 {
1582 	return -ENOENT;
1583 }
1584 #endif
1585 
1586 /**
1587  * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
1588  *
1589  * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
1590  * according to the nl80211 flags.
1591  *
1592  * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
1593  * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
1594  * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
1595  * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
1596  * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
1597  * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1598  * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
1599  */
1600 enum monitor_flags {
1601 	MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED		= 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
1602 	MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
1603 	MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
1604 	MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
1605 	MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
1606 	MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES	= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
1607 	MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
1608 };
1609 
1610 /**
1611  * enum mpath_info_flags -  mesh path information flags
1612  *
1613  * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
1614  * in during get_station() or dump_station().
1615  *
1616  * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
1617  * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
1618  * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
1619  * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
1620  * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
1621  * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
1622  * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
1623  * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
1624  * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
1625  */
1626 enum mpath_info_flags {
1627 	MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN		= BIT(0),
1628 	MPATH_INFO_SN			= BIT(1),
1629 	MPATH_INFO_METRIC		= BIT(2),
1630 	MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME		= BIT(3),
1631 	MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT	= BIT(4),
1632 	MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES	= BIT(5),
1633 	MPATH_INFO_FLAGS		= BIT(6),
1634 	MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT		= BIT(7),
1635 	MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE		= BIT(8),
1636 };
1637 
1638 /**
1639  * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
1640  *
1641  * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
1642  *
1643  * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
1644  * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1645  * @sn: target sequence number
1646  * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
1647  * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
1648  * @flags: mesh path flags
1649  * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
1650  * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1651  * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1652  *	This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
1653  *	changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1654  *	userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1655  * @hop_count: hops to destination
1656  * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
1657  */
1658 struct mpath_info {
1659 	u32 filled;
1660 	u32 frame_qlen;
1661 	u32 sn;
1662 	u32 metric;
1663 	u32 exptime;
1664 	u32 discovery_timeout;
1665 	u8 discovery_retries;
1666 	u8 flags;
1667 	u8 hop_count;
1668 	u32 path_change_count;
1669 
1670 	int generation;
1671 };
1672 
1673 /**
1674  * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
1675  *
1676  * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
1677  *
1678  * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
1679  *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1680  * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
1681  *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1682  * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
1683  *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1684  * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1685  *	(or NULL for no change)
1686  * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1687  * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
1688  * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
1689  * 	(u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1690  * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
1691  * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1692  */
1693 struct bss_parameters {
1694 	int use_cts_prot;
1695 	int use_short_preamble;
1696 	int use_short_slot_time;
1697 	const u8 *basic_rates;
1698 	u8 basic_rates_len;
1699 	int ap_isolate;
1700 	int ht_opmode;
1701 	s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
1702 };
1703 
1704 /**
1705  * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
1706  *
1707  * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1708  *
1709  * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
1710  *	by the Mesh Peering Open message
1711  * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
1712  *	used by the Mesh Peering Open message
1713  * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
1714  *	the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
1715  * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
1716  *	mesh interface
1717  * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
1718  *	be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
1719  * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
1720  * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
1721  *	elements
1722  * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
1723  *	detect compatible mesh peers
1724  * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
1725  *	synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
1726  * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
1727  *	that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
1728  * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
1729  * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
1730  *	a path discovery in milliseconds
1731  * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1732  *	receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
1733  *	root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
1734  * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1735  *	which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
1736  *	element
1737  * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1738  *	which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
1739  *	element
1740  * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
1741  *	it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
1742  * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
1743  * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
1744  *	announcements are transmitted
1745  * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
1746  *	station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
1747  *	missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
1748  *	only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
1749  *	not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
1750  *	same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
1751  * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
1752  *	entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
1753  * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
1754  *	station to establish a peer link
1755  * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
1756  *
1757  * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1758  *	receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
1759  *	the root mesh STA to be valid.
1760  *
1761  * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
1762  *	PREQs are transmitted.
1763  * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
1764  *	during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
1765  *	a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
1766  * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
1767  *	setting for new peer links.
1768  * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
1769  *	after transmitting its beacon.
1770  * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
1771  *	peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
1772  *	from the STA's list of peers.  Default is 30 minutes.
1773  * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
1774  *      connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info.  If false, the
1775  *      value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
1776  *      in the mesh path table
1777  */
1778 struct mesh_config {
1779 	u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
1780 	u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
1781 	u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
1782 	u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
1783 	u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
1784 	u8 dot11MeshTTL;
1785 	u8 element_ttl;
1786 	bool auto_open_plinks;
1787 	u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
1788 	u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
1789 	u32 path_refresh_time;
1790 	u16 min_discovery_timeout;
1791 	u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
1792 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
1793 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
1794 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
1795 	u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
1796 	bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate;
1797 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
1798 	bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
1799 	bool dot11MeshForwarding;
1800 	s32 rssi_threshold;
1801 	u16 ht_opmode;
1802 	u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
1803 	u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
1804 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
1805 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
1806 	u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
1807 	u32 plink_timeout;
1808 };
1809 
1810 /**
1811  * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
1812  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1813  * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
1814  * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
1815  * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
1816  * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
1817  * @path_metric: which metric to use
1818  * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
1819  * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
1820  * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
1821  * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
1822  * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
1823  * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
1824  * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
1825  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
1826  * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
1827  * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
1828  * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1829  * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
1830  *	changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
1831  *	to operate on DFS channels.
1832  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
1833  *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
1834  *
1835  * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
1836  */
1837 struct mesh_setup {
1838 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1839 	const u8 *mesh_id;
1840 	u8 mesh_id_len;
1841 	u8 sync_method;
1842 	u8 path_sel_proto;
1843 	u8 path_metric;
1844 	u8 auth_id;
1845 	const u8 *ie;
1846 	u8 ie_len;
1847 	bool is_authenticated;
1848 	bool is_secure;
1849 	bool user_mpm;
1850 	u8 dtim_period;
1851 	u16 beacon_interval;
1852 	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1853 	u32 basic_rates;
1854 	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1855 	bool userspace_handles_dfs;
1856 	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
1857 };
1858 
1859 /**
1860  * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
1861  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1862  *
1863  * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
1864  */
1865 struct ocb_setup {
1866 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1867 };
1868 
1869 /**
1870  * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
1871  * @ac: AC identifier
1872  * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
1873  * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1874  *	1..32767]
1875  * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1876  *	1..32767]
1877  * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
1878  */
1879 struct ieee80211_txq_params {
1880 	enum nl80211_ac ac;
1881 	u16 txop;
1882 	u16 cwmin;
1883 	u16 cwmax;
1884 	u8 aifs;
1885 };
1886 
1887 /**
1888  * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
1889  *
1890  * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
1891  * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
1892  * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
1893  * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
1894  * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
1895  * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
1896  * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
1897  * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
1898  * in the wiphy structure.
1899  *
1900  * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
1901  * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
1902  * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
1903  *
1904  * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
1905  * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
1906  * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
1907  * to userspace.
1908  */
1909 
1910 /**
1911  * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
1912  * @ssid: the SSID
1913  * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
1914  */
1915 struct cfg80211_ssid {
1916 	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
1917 	u8 ssid_len;
1918 };
1919 
1920 /**
1921  * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
1922  * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
1923  *	wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
1924  *	information is not available, this field is left zero.
1925  * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
1926  * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
1927  *	userspace will be notified of that
1928  */
1929 struct cfg80211_scan_info {
1930 	u64 scan_start_tsf;
1931 	u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1932 	bool aborted;
1933 };
1934 
1935 /**
1936  * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
1937  *
1938  * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
1939  * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1940  * @channels: channels to scan on.
1941  * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1942  * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1943  * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1944  * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1945  * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
1946  *	%duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
1947  *	the actual dwell time may be shorter.
1948  * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
1949  *	%duration field.
1950  * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1951  * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
1952  * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1953  * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
1954  * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
1955  * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
1956  * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
1957  * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
1958  * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
1959  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
1960  *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
1961  *	be taken from the @mac_addr
1962  * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
1963  */
1964 struct cfg80211_scan_request {
1965 	struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
1966 	int n_ssids;
1967 	u32 n_channels;
1968 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1969 	const u8 *ie;
1970 	size_t ie_len;
1971 	u16 duration;
1972 	bool duration_mandatory;
1973 	u32 flags;
1974 
1975 	u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1976 
1977 	struct wireless_dev *wdev;
1978 
1979 	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1980 	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1981 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1982 
1983 	/* internal */
1984 	struct wiphy *wiphy;
1985 	unsigned long scan_start;
1986 	struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
1987 	bool notified;
1988 	bool no_cck;
1989 
1990 	/* keep last */
1991 	struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1992 };
1993 
1994 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
1995 {
1996 	int i;
1997 
1998 	get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
1999 	for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
2000 		buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
2001 		buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
2002 	}
2003 }
2004 
2005 /**
2006  * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
2007  *
2008  * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
2009  *	or no match (RSSI only)
2010  * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
2011  *	or no match (RSSI only)
2012  * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
2013  * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied
2014  *	for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support
2015  *	of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability
2016  *	%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band
2017  *	specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified.
2018  *	If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of
2019  *	corresponding matchset.
2020  */
2021 struct cfg80211_match_set {
2022 	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2023 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2024 	s32 rssi_thold;
2025 	s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2026 };
2027 
2028 /**
2029  * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
2030  *
2031  * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
2032  * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
2033  *	infinite loop.
2034  *	The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
2035  *	all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
2036  */
2037 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
2038 	u32 interval;
2039 	u32 iterations;
2040 };
2041 
2042 /**
2043  * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
2044  *
2045  * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
2046  * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
2047  */
2048 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
2049 	enum nl80211_band band;
2050 	s8 delta;
2051 };
2052 
2053 /**
2054  * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
2055  *
2056  * @reqid: identifies this request.
2057  * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
2058  * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
2059  * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
2060  * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
2061  * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
2062  * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
2063  * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
2064  * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
2065  * 	entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
2066  * 	(others are filtered out).
2067  *	If ommited, all results are passed.
2068  * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
2069  * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
2070  * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
2071  * @dev: the interface
2072  * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
2073  * @channels: channels to scan
2074  * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
2075  *	contains the minimum over all matchsets
2076  * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2077  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2078  *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2079  *	be taken from the @mac_addr
2080  * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
2081  *	index must be executed first.
2082  * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
2083  * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
2084  * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
2085  *	owned by a particular socket)
2086  * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
2087  * @list: for keeping list of requests.
2088  * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
2089  *	cycle.  The driver may ignore this parameter and start
2090  *	immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
2091  *	supported.
2092  * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
2093  * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
2094  *	reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
2095  *	to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
2096  *	The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
2097  * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
2098  *	to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
2099  *	using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
2100  *	belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
2101  *	comparisions.
2102  */
2103 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
2104 	u64 reqid;
2105 	struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
2106 	int n_ssids;
2107 	u32 n_channels;
2108 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2109 	const u8 *ie;
2110 	size_t ie_len;
2111 	u32 flags;
2112 	struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
2113 	int n_match_sets;
2114 	s32 min_rssi_thold;
2115 	u32 delay;
2116 	struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
2117 	int n_scan_plans;
2118 
2119 	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2120 	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2121 
2122 	bool relative_rssi_set;
2123 	s8 relative_rssi;
2124 	struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
2125 
2126 	/* internal */
2127 	struct wiphy *wiphy;
2128 	struct net_device *dev;
2129 	unsigned long scan_start;
2130 	bool report_results;
2131 	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2132 	u32 owner_nlportid;
2133 	bool nl_owner_dead;
2134 	struct list_head list;
2135 
2136 	/* keep last */
2137 	struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
2138 };
2139 
2140 /**
2141  * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
2142  *
2143  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
2144  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
2145  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
2146  */
2147 enum cfg80211_signal_type {
2148 	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
2149 	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
2150 	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
2151 };
2152 
2153 /**
2154  * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
2155  * @chan: channel the frame was received on
2156  * @scan_width: scan width that was used
2157  * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
2158  *	signal type
2159  * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
2160  *	received; should match the time when the frame was actually
2161  *	received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
2162  *	buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
2163  *	If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
2164  *	ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate.
2165  * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
2166  *	timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
2167  *	by %parent_bssid.
2168  * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
2169  *	the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
2170  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2171  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2172  */
2173 struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
2174 	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2175 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2176 	s32 signal;
2177 	u64 boottime_ns;
2178 	u64 parent_tsf;
2179 	u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2180 	u8 chains;
2181 	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2182 };
2183 
2184 /**
2185  * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
2186  * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
2187  * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
2188  * @len: length of the IEs
2189  * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
2190  * @data: IE data
2191  */
2192 struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
2193 	u64 tsf;
2194 	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2195 	int len;
2196 	bool from_beacon;
2197 	u8 data[];
2198 };
2199 
2200 /**
2201  * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
2202  *
2203  * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
2204  * for use in scan results and similar.
2205  *
2206  * @channel: channel this BSS is on
2207  * @scan_width: width of the control channel
2208  * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
2209  * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
2210  * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
2211  * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
2212  *	are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
2213  *	proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
2214  *	received. It is always non-%NULL.
2215  * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
2216  *	(implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
2217  *	own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
2218  *	@hidden_beacon_bss struct)
2219  * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
2220  * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
2221  *	a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
2222  *	that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
2223  *	points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
2224  * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
2225  *	non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
2226  * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
2227  *	(multi-BSSID support)
2228  * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
2229  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2230  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2231  * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
2232  * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
2233  * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
2234  */
2235 struct cfg80211_bss {
2236 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2237 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2238 
2239 	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
2240 	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
2241 	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
2242 
2243 	struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
2244 	struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss;
2245 	struct list_head nontrans_list;
2246 
2247 	s32 signal;
2248 
2249 	u16 beacon_interval;
2250 	u16 capability;
2251 
2252 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2253 	u8 chains;
2254 	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2255 
2256 	u8 bssid_index;
2257 	u8 max_bssid_indicator;
2258 
2259 	u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2260 };
2261 
2262 /**
2263  * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
2264  * @bss: the bss to search
2265  * @id: the element ID
2266  *
2267  * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2268  * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2269  * Return: %NULL if not found.
2270  */
2271 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id);
2272 
2273 /**
2274  * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
2275  * @bss: the bss to search
2276  * @id: the element ID
2277  *
2278  * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2279  * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2280  * Return: %NULL if not found.
2281  */
2282 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id)
2283 {
2284 	return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id);
2285 }
2286 
2287 
2288 /**
2289  * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
2290  *
2291  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2292  * authentication.
2293  *
2294  * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
2295  *	to it if it needs to keep it.
2296  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2297  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
2298  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2299  * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2300  * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2301  * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2302  * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
2303  *	the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
2304  *	Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
2305  *	transaction sequence number field.
2306  * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
2307  */
2308 struct cfg80211_auth_request {
2309 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2310 	const u8 *ie;
2311 	size_t ie_len;
2312 	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2313 	const u8 *key;
2314 	u8 key_len, key_idx;
2315 	const u8 *auth_data;
2316 	size_t auth_data_len;
2317 };
2318 
2319 /**
2320  * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
2321  *
2322  * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT:  Disable HT (802.11n)
2323  * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT:  Disable VHT
2324  * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
2325  * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
2326  *	authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
2327  *	userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
2328  *	request (connect callback).
2329  */
2330 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
2331 	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT			= BIT(0),
2332 	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT			= BIT(1),
2333 	ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM			= BIT(2),
2334 	CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT	= BIT(3),
2335 };
2336 
2337 /**
2338  * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
2339  *
2340  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2341  * (re)association.
2342  * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
2343  *	given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
2344  *	or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
2345  *	association requests while already associating must be rejected.
2346  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
2347  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2348  * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
2349  * @crypto: crypto settings
2350  * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2351  *	to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2352  *	do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2353  *	the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2354  *	included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2355  *	frame.
2356  * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2357  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2358  *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2359  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2360  * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
2361  * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
2362  * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
2363  *	%NULL if FILS is not used.
2364  * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
2365  * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
2366  *	Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
2367  *	with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2368  */
2369 struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
2370 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2371 	const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
2372 	size_t ie_len;
2373 	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2374 	bool use_mfp;
2375 	u32 flags;
2376 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2377 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2378 	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
2379 	const u8 *fils_kek;
2380 	size_t fils_kek_len;
2381 	const u8 *fils_nonces;
2382 };
2383 
2384 /**
2385  * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
2386  *
2387  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2388  * deauthentication.
2389  *
2390  * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
2391  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
2392  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2393  * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
2394  * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
2395  *	do not set a deauth frame
2396  */
2397 struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
2398 	const u8 *bssid;
2399 	const u8 *ie;
2400 	size_t ie_len;
2401 	u16 reason_code;
2402 	bool local_state_change;
2403 };
2404 
2405 /**
2406  * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
2407  *
2408  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2409  * disassociation.
2410  *
2411  * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
2412  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
2413  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2414  * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
2415  * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
2416  *	Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
2417  */
2418 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
2419 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2420 	const u8 *ie;
2421 	size_t ie_len;
2422 	u16 reason_code;
2423 	bool local_state_change;
2424 };
2425 
2426 /**
2427  * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
2428  *
2429  * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
2430  * method.
2431  *
2432  * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
2433  * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
2434  * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
2435  *	search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
2436  * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
2437  * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
2438  *	IBSSs to join on other channels.
2439  * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
2440  * @ie_len: length of that
2441  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2442  * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
2443  *	after joining
2444  * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
2445  *	sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
2446  *	required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
2447  *	user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
2448  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2449  *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2450  * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2451  *	changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2452  *	to operate on DFS channels.
2453  * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
2454  * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2455  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2456  *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2457  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2458  * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
2459  * 	CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
2460  * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
2461  */
2462 struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
2463 	const u8 *ssid;
2464 	const u8 *bssid;
2465 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2466 	const u8 *ie;
2467 	u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
2468 	u16 beacon_interval;
2469 	u32 basic_rates;
2470 	bool channel_fixed;
2471 	bool privacy;
2472 	bool control_port;
2473 	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
2474 	bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2475 	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2476 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2477 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2478 	struct key_params *wep_keys;
2479 	int wep_tx_key;
2480 };
2481 
2482 /**
2483  * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
2484  *
2485  * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
2486  * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
2487  * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
2488  * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
2489  */
2490 struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
2491 	enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
2492 	union {
2493 		enum nl80211_band band_pref;
2494 		struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
2495 	} param;
2496 };
2497 
2498 /**
2499  * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
2500  *
2501  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2502  * authentication and association.
2503  *
2504  * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
2505  *	on scan results)
2506  * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
2507  *	%NULL if not specified
2508  * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
2509  *	results)
2510  * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
2511  *	%NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
2512  *	allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
2513  *	to use.
2514  * @ssid: SSID
2515  * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
2516  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2517  * @ie: IEs for association request
2518  * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
2519  * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
2520  * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
2521  * @crypto: crypto settings
2522  * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2523  * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2524  * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2525  * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2526  * @bg_scan_period:  Background scan period in seconds
2527  *	or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
2528  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2529  *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2530  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2531  * @vht_capa:  VHT Capability overrides
2532  * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
2533  * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
2534  *	networks.
2535  * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
2536  * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2537  *	to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2538  *	do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2539  *	the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2540  *	included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2541  *	frame.
2542  * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
2543  *	NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
2544  *	data IE.
2545  * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
2546  * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
2547  *	%NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
2548  *	is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2549  * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
2550  * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
2551  *	messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2552  * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
2553  *	keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
2554  * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
2555  * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
2556  *	offload of 4-way handshake.
2557  * @edmg: define the EDMG channels.
2558  *	This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver
2559  *	to choose from, based on BSS configuration.
2560  */
2561 struct cfg80211_connect_params {
2562 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2563 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
2564 	const u8 *bssid;
2565 	const u8 *bssid_hint;
2566 	const u8 *ssid;
2567 	size_t ssid_len;
2568 	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2569 	const u8 *ie;
2570 	size_t ie_len;
2571 	bool privacy;
2572 	enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
2573 	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2574 	const u8 *key;
2575 	u8 key_len, key_idx;
2576 	u32 flags;
2577 	int bg_scan_period;
2578 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2579 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2580 	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
2581 	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
2582 	bool pbss;
2583 	struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
2584 	const u8 *prev_bssid;
2585 	const u8 *fils_erp_username;
2586 	size_t fils_erp_username_len;
2587 	const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
2588 	size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
2589 	u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
2590 	const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
2591 	size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
2592 	bool want_1x;
2593 	struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
2594 };
2595 
2596 /**
2597  * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
2598  *
2599  * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
2600  * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
2601  *
2602  * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
2603  * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
2604  *	username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
2605  * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
2606  */
2607 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
2608 	UPDATE_ASSOC_IES		= BIT(0),
2609 	UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO		= BIT(1),
2610 	UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE		= BIT(2),
2611 };
2612 
2613 /**
2614  * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
2615  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
2616  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
2617  * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
2618  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
2619  * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
2620  * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
2621  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
2622  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
2623  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
2624  */
2625 enum wiphy_params_flags {
2626 	WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT		= 1 << 0,
2627 	WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG		= 1 << 1,
2628 	WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD	= 1 << 2,
2629 	WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD	= 1 << 3,
2630 	WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS	= 1 << 4,
2631 	WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK		= 1 << 5,
2632 	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT		= 1 << 6,
2633 	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT	= 1 << 7,
2634 	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM		= 1 << 8,
2635 };
2636 
2637 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT	256
2638 
2639 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */
2640 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L	5000
2641 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H	12000
2642 
2643 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */
2644 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD			24000
2645 
2646 /**
2647  * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
2648  *
2649  * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
2650  * caching.
2651  *
2652  * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
2653  * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2654  * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
2655  *	derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
2656  * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
2657  *	the hash algorithm used to generate this.
2658  * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
2659  *	cache identifier (may be %NULL).
2660  * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
2661  * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
2662  *	scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
2663  *	%NULL).
2664  */
2665 struct cfg80211_pmksa {
2666 	const u8 *bssid;
2667 	const u8 *pmkid;
2668 	const u8 *pmk;
2669 	size_t pmk_len;
2670 	const u8 *ssid;
2671 	size_t ssid_len;
2672 	const u8 *cache_id;
2673 };
2674 
2675 /**
2676  * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
2677  * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
2678  *	one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
2679  * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
2680  * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
2681  * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
2682  *
2683  * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
2684  * memory, free @mask only!
2685  */
2686 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
2687 	const u8 *mask, *pattern;
2688 	int pattern_len;
2689 	int pkt_offset;
2690 };
2691 
2692 /**
2693  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
2694  *
2695  * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
2696  * @src: source IP address
2697  * @dst: destination IP address
2698  * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
2699  * @src_port: source port
2700  * @dst_port: destination port
2701  * @payload_len: data payload length
2702  * @payload: data payload buffer
2703  * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
2704  * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
2705  * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
2706  * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
2707  * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
2708  * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
2709  * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
2710  */
2711 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
2712 	struct socket *sock;
2713 	__be32 src, dst;
2714 	u16 src_port, dst_port;
2715 	u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
2716 	int payload_len;
2717 	const u8 *payload;
2718 	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
2719 	u32 data_interval;
2720 	u32 wake_len;
2721 	const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
2722 	u32 tokens_size;
2723 	/* must be last, variable member */
2724 	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
2725 };
2726 
2727 /**
2728  * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
2729  *
2730  * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
2731  * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
2732  *	operating as normal during suspend
2733  * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
2734  * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
2735  * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
2736  * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2737  * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
2738  * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
2739  * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
2740  * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
2741  * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
2742  *	NULL if not configured.
2743  * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
2744  */
2745 struct cfg80211_wowlan {
2746 	bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2747 	     eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2748 	     rfkill_release;
2749 	struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2750 	struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
2751 	int n_patterns;
2752 	struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
2753 };
2754 
2755 /**
2756  * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
2757  *
2758  * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
2759  * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
2760  * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
2761  *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
2762  * @patterns: array of packet patterns
2763  * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2764  */
2765 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
2766 	int delay;
2767 	enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
2768 	struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2769 	int n_patterns;
2770 };
2771 
2772 /**
2773  * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
2774  *
2775  * This structure defines coalescing settings.
2776  * @rules: array of coalesce rules
2777  * @n_rules: number of rules
2778  */
2779 struct cfg80211_coalesce {
2780 	struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
2781 	int n_rules;
2782 };
2783 
2784 /**
2785  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
2786  *
2787  * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
2788  * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred.  This
2789  *	value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
2790  * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
2791  *	occurred (in MHz)
2792  */
2793 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
2794 	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2795 	int n_channels;
2796 	u32 channels[];
2797 };
2798 
2799 /**
2800  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
2801  *
2802  * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
2803  *	@matches.  This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
2804  *	match information.
2805  * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
2806  *	the matches that triggered the wake up.
2807  */
2808 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
2809 	int n_matches;
2810 	struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
2811 };
2812 
2813 /**
2814  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
2815  * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
2816  * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
2817  * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
2818  * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
2819  * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
2820  * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
2821  * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
2822  * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
2823  * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
2824  * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
2825  * @packet_80211:  For pattern match, magic packet and other data
2826  *	frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
2827  *	disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
2828  *	it is.
2829  * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
2830  * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
2831  * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
2832  * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
2833  */
2834 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
2835 	bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2836 	     eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2837 	     rfkill_release, packet_80211,
2838 	     tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
2839 	s32 pattern_idx;
2840 	u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
2841 	const void *packet;
2842 	struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
2843 };
2844 
2845 /**
2846  * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
2847  * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes)
2848  * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes)
2849  * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
2850  */
2851 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
2852 	const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
2853 };
2854 
2855 /**
2856  * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
2857  *
2858  * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
2859  *
2860  * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
2861  * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
2862  * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
2863  */
2864 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
2865 	u16 md;
2866 	const u8 *ie;
2867 	size_t ie_len;
2868 };
2869 
2870 /**
2871  * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
2872  *
2873  * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
2874  *
2875  * @chan: channel to use
2876  * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
2877  * @wait: duration for ROC
2878  * @buf: buffer to transmit
2879  * @len: buffer length
2880  * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
2881  * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
2882  * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
2883  * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
2884  */
2885 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
2886 	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2887 	bool offchan;
2888 	unsigned int wait;
2889 	const u8 *buf;
2890 	size_t len;
2891 	bool no_cck;
2892 	bool dont_wait_for_ack;
2893 	int n_csa_offsets;
2894 	const u16 *csa_offsets;
2895 };
2896 
2897 /**
2898  * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
2899  *
2900  * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
2901  * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
2902  */
2903 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
2904 	u8 dscp;
2905 	u8 up;
2906 };
2907 
2908 /**
2909  * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
2910  *
2911  * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2912  * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2913  */
2914 struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
2915 	u8 low;
2916 	u8 high;
2917 };
2918 
2919 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
2920 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX	21
2921 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN	16
2922 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
2923 	(IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
2924 
2925 /**
2926  * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
2927  *
2928  * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
2929  *
2930  * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
2931  * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
2932  *	the user priority DSCP range definition
2933  * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
2934  */
2935 struct cfg80211_qos_map {
2936 	u8 num_des;
2937 	struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
2938 	struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
2939 };
2940 
2941 /**
2942  * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
2943  *
2944  * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
2945  *
2946  * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
2947  * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
2948  *	For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
2949  *	(i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
2950  */
2951 struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
2952 	u8 master_pref;
2953 	u8 bands;
2954 };
2955 
2956 /**
2957  * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
2958  * configuration
2959  *
2960  * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
2961  * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
2962  */
2963 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
2964 	CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
2965 	CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
2966 };
2967 
2968 /**
2969  * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
2970  *
2971  * @filter: the content of the filter
2972  * @len: the length of the filter
2973  */
2974 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
2975 	const u8 *filter;
2976 	u8 len;
2977 };
2978 
2979 /**
2980  * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
2981  *
2982  * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
2983  * @service_id: the service ID of the function
2984  * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
2985  * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
2986  *	implementation specific.
2987  * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
2988  * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
2989  * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
2990  * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
2991  * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
2992  * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
2993  * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
2994  * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
2995  * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
2996  * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
2997  * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
2998  * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
2999  * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
3000  * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
3001  * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
3002  * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
3003  * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
3004  * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
3005  * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
3006  * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
3007  */
3008 struct cfg80211_nan_func {
3009 	enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
3010 	u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
3011 	u8 publish_type;
3012 	bool close_range;
3013 	bool publish_bcast;
3014 	bool subscribe_active;
3015 	u8 followup_id;
3016 	u8 followup_reqid;
3017 	struct mac_address followup_dest;
3018 	u32 ttl;
3019 	const u8 *serv_spec_info;
3020 	u8 serv_spec_info_len;
3021 	bool srf_include;
3022 	const u8 *srf_bf;
3023 	u8 srf_bf_len;
3024 	u8 srf_bf_idx;
3025 	struct mac_address *srf_macs;
3026 	int srf_num_macs;
3027 	struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
3028 	struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
3029 	u8 num_tx_filters;
3030 	u8 num_rx_filters;
3031 	u8 instance_id;
3032 	u64 cookie;
3033 };
3034 
3035 /**
3036  * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
3037  *
3038  * @aa: authenticator address
3039  * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
3040  * @pmk: the PMK material
3041  * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
3042  *	is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
3043  *	holds PMK-R0.
3044  */
3045 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
3046 	const u8 *aa;
3047 	u8 pmk_len;
3048 	const u8 *pmk;
3049 	const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
3050 };
3051 
3052 /**
3053  * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
3054  *
3055  * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
3056  *
3057  * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
3058  *	for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
3059  * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
3060  *	to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
3061  *	authentication response command interface.
3062  * @ssid: SSID of the AP.  Used by both the authentication request event and
3063  *	authentication response command interface.
3064  * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
3065  *	authentication request event interface.
3066  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
3067  *	use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
3068  *	the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
3069  *	response command interface (user space to driver).
3070  * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
3071  */
3072 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
3073 	enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
3074 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3075 	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
3076 	unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
3077 	u16 status;
3078 	const u8 *pmkid;
3079 };
3080 
3081 /**
3082  * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
3083  *
3084  * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
3085  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
3086  * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
3087  *	answered
3088  * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
3089  *	successfully answered
3090  * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
3091  * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
3092  * @non_asap_num: number of  non-ASAP FTM sessions
3093  * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
3094  *	of how much time the responder was busy
3095  * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
3096  *	initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
3097  *	the responder
3098  * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
3099  *	for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
3100  * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
3101  */
3102 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats {
3103 	u32 filled;
3104 	u32 success_num;
3105 	u32 partial_num;
3106 	u32 failed_num;
3107 	u32 asap_num;
3108 	u32 non_asap_num;
3109 	u64 total_duration_ms;
3110 	u32 unknown_triggers_num;
3111 	u32 reschedule_requests_num;
3112 	u32 out_of_window_triggers_num;
3113 };
3114 
3115 /**
3116  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
3117  * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
3118  *	%NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
3119  *	reason than just "failure"
3120  * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
3121  *	in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
3122  * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
3123  * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
3124  * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
3125  *	fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
3126  *	by the responder
3127  * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
3128  * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
3129  * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
3130  * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
3131  * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
3132  * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
3133  * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
3134  * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3135  * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3136  * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
3137  * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
3138  * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
3139  * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
3140  *	the square root of the variance)
3141  * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
3142  * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
3143  *	(must have either this or @rtt_avg)
3144  * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
3145  * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
3146  * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
3147  * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
3148  * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
3149  * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
3150  * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
3151  * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
3152  * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
3153  * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
3154  * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
3155  * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
3156  * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
3157  * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
3158  */
3159 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result {
3160 	const u8 *lci;
3161 	const u8 *civicloc;
3162 	unsigned int lci_len;
3163 	unsigned int civicloc_len;
3164 	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason;
3165 	u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes;
3166 	s16 burst_index;
3167 	u8 busy_retry_time;
3168 	u8 num_bursts_exp;
3169 	u8 burst_duration;
3170 	u8 ftms_per_burst;
3171 	s32 rssi_avg;
3172 	s32 rssi_spread;
3173 	struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate;
3174 	s64 rtt_avg;
3175 	s64 rtt_variance;
3176 	s64 rtt_spread;
3177 	s64 dist_avg;
3178 	s64 dist_variance;
3179 	s64 dist_spread;
3180 
3181 	u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1,
3182 	    num_ftmr_successes_valid:1,
3183 	    rssi_avg_valid:1,
3184 	    rssi_spread_valid:1,
3185 	    tx_rate_valid:1,
3186 	    rx_rate_valid:1,
3187 	    rtt_avg_valid:1,
3188 	    rtt_variance_valid:1,
3189 	    rtt_spread_valid:1,
3190 	    dist_avg_valid:1,
3191 	    dist_variance_valid:1,
3192 	    dist_spread_valid:1;
3193 };
3194 
3195 /**
3196  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
3197  * @addr: address of the peer
3198  * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
3199  *	measurement was made)
3200  * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
3201  * @status: status of the measurement
3202  * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
3203  *	reporting partial results always set this flag
3204  * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
3205  * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
3206  *	one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
3207  *	they're all aggregated for userspace.
3208  */
3209 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result {
3210 	u64 host_time, ap_tsf;
3211 	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status;
3212 
3213 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3214 
3215 	u8 final:1,
3216 	   ap_tsf_valid:1;
3217 
3218 	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type;
3219 
3220 	union {
3221 		struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm;
3222 	};
3223 };
3224 
3225 /**
3226  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
3227  * @requested: indicates FTM is requested
3228  * @preamble: frame preamble to use
3229  * @burst_period: burst period to use
3230  * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
3231  * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
3232  * @burst_duration: burst duration
3233  * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
3234  * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
3235  * @request_lci: request LCI information
3236  * @request_civicloc: request civic location information
3237  *
3238  * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
3239  */
3240 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer {
3241 	enum nl80211_preamble preamble;
3242 	u16 burst_period;
3243 	u8 requested:1,
3244 	   asap:1,
3245 	   request_lci:1,
3246 	   request_civicloc:1;
3247 	u8 num_bursts_exp;
3248 	u8 burst_duration;
3249 	u8 ftms_per_burst;
3250 	u8 ftmr_retries;
3251 };
3252 
3253 /**
3254  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
3255  * @addr: MAC address
3256  * @chandef: channel to use
3257  * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
3258  * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
3259  */
3260 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer {
3261 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3262 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
3263 	u8 report_ap_tsf:1;
3264 	struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm;
3265 };
3266 
3267 /**
3268  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
3269  * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
3270  * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
3271  * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
3272  *	not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
3273  * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
3274  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
3275  *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
3276  *	be taken from the @mac_addr
3277  * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
3278  * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
3279  *	zero it means there's no timeout
3280  * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
3281  * @peers: per-peer measurement request data
3282  */
3283 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request {
3284 	u64 cookie;
3285 	void *drv_data;
3286 	u32 n_peers;
3287 	u32 nl_portid;
3288 
3289 	u32 timeout;
3290 
3291 	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3292 	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3293 
3294 	struct list_head list;
3295 
3296 	struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[];
3297 };
3298 
3299 /**
3300  * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information
3301  *
3302  * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE
3303  * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space.
3304  *
3305  * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces.
3306  *
3307  * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing
3308  *	has to be done.
3309  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info
3310  *	processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space
3311  *	cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for
3312  *	OWE update request command interface (user space to driver).
3313  * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are
3314  *	the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and
3315  *	the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface.
3316  * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets.
3317  */
3318 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info {
3319 	u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3320 	u16 status;
3321 	const u8 *ie;
3322 	size_t ie_len;
3323 };
3324 
3325 /**
3326  * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
3327  *
3328  * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
3329  * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
3330  *
3331  * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
3332  * on success or a negative error code.
3333  *
3334  * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the
3335  * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this
3336  * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext.
3337  *
3338  * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
3339  *	be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
3340  *	configured for the device.
3341  * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
3342  * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
3343  *	to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
3344  *	the device.
3345  *
3346  * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
3347  *	must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
3348  *	the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
3349  *	wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
3350  *	also set the address member in the wdev.
3351  *
3352  * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
3353  *
3354  * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
3355  *	keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
3356  *
3357  * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
3358  *	when adding a group key.
3359  *
3360  * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
3361  *	@mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
3362  *	key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
3363  *	after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
3364  *	not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
3365  *
3366  * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
3367  *	and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
3368  *
3369  * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
3370  *
3371  * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
3372  *
3373  * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
3374  *
3375  * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
3376  * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
3377  *	interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
3378  * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
3379  *
3380  * @add_station: Add a new station.
3381  * @del_station: Remove a station
3382  * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
3383  *	validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
3384  *	might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
3385  *	them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
3386  *	cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
3387  * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
3388  * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3389  *
3390  * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
3391  * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
3392  * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
3393  * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
3394  * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3395  * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
3396  * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3397  * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
3398  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3399  * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
3400  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3401  *
3402  * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
3403  *
3404  * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
3405  *	The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
3406  *	set, and which to leave alone.
3407  *
3408  * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
3409  *
3410  * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
3411  *
3412  * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
3413  *	as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
3414  *	join the mesh instead.
3415  *
3416  * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
3417  *	interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
3418  *	If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
3419  *	be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
3420  *
3421  * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
3422  *	the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
3423  *	For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
3424  *	the scan/scan_done bracket too.
3425  * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
3426  *	indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
3427  *
3428  * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
3429  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3430  * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
3431  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3432  * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
3433  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3434  * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
3435  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3436  *
3437  * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
3438  *	call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
3439  *	%WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
3440  *	cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
3441  *	from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
3442  *	was received.
3443  *	The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
3444  *	other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
3445  *	by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
3446  *	the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
3447  *	frame instead of Association Request frame.
3448  *	The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
3449  *	specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
3450  *	parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
3451  *	indication of requesting reassociation.
3452  *	In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
3453  *	cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
3454  *	cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3455  * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
3456  *	BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
3457  *	subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
3458  *	Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
3459  *	request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
3460  *	BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
3461  *	changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
3462  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3463  * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
3464  *      connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
3465  *      case connection was already established (invoked with the
3466  *      wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
3467  *
3468  * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
3469  *	cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
3470  *	to a merge.
3471  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3472  * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
3473  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3474  *
3475  * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
3476  *	MESH mode)
3477  *
3478  * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
3479  *	@changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
3480  *	have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
3481  *	struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
3482  *
3483  * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
3484  *	the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
3485  *	wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
3486  *	always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
3487  *	(as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
3488  * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
3489  *	return 0 if successful
3490  *
3491  * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface
3492  *
3493  * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
3494  *	functions to adjust rfkill hw state
3495  *
3496  * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
3497  *
3498  * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
3499  *	channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
3500  *	operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
3501  *	ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
3502  *	notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
3503  * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
3504  *	This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
3505  *	the duration value.
3506  * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
3507  * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
3508  *	frame on another channel
3509  *
3510  * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
3511  * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
3512  *	used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
3513  *	return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
3514  *	dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
3515  *	was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
3516  *	and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
3517  *
3518  * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
3519  *
3520  * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
3521  *	devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
3522  *	RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
3523  * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
3524  * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
3525  * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
3526  *	allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
3527  * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
3528  *	After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
3529  *	the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
3530  *	need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
3531  *	disabled.)
3532  * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
3533  *	connection quality monitor.  An event is to be sent only when the
3534  *	signal level is found to be outside the two values.  The driver should
3535  *	set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
3536  *	If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
3537  * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
3538  *	thresholds.
3539  * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
3540  * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
3541  *	given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
3542  *	for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
3543  *	called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
3544  *	The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
3545  *	stop (when this method returns 0).
3546  *
3547  * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was
3548  *	registered. The callback is allowed to sleep.
3549  *
3550  * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3551  *	Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3552  *	reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3553  *	(also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3554  *
3555  * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
3556  *
3557  * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
3558  * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
3559  *
3560  * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
3561  *	later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
3562  *
3563  * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
3564  *
3565  * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
3566  *	For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
3567  *	current monitoring channel.
3568  *
3569  * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
3570  * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
3571  *
3572  * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
3573  *	Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
3574  *	and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
3575  *	this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
3576  *	when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
3577  *	advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
3578  *
3579  * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
3580  *
3581  * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC
3582  *	was finished on another phy.
3583  *
3584  * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
3585  *	driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
3586  *	used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
3587  *
3588  * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
3589  *	for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
3590  *	driver can take the most appropriate actions.
3591  * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
3592  *	reliability. This operation can not fail.
3593  * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
3594  *
3595  * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
3596  *	responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
3597  *	inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
3598  *	with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
3599  *	everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
3600  *	as soon as possible.
3601  *
3602  * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
3603  *
3604  * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
3605  *	given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
3606  *	changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
3607  *
3608  * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
3609  *	with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
3610  *	userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
3611  *	account.
3612  *	If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
3613  *	the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
3614  *	success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
3615  *	with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
3616  *	rejected)
3617  * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
3618  *
3619  * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
3620  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3621  * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
3622  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3623  *
3624  * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3625  *	is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3626  *	and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
3627  * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3628  *	peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
3629  * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
3630  * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
3631  * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
3632  *	On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
3633  *	it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
3634  *	should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
3635  *	cfg80211_free_nan_func().
3636  *	On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
3637  *	provided @nan_func.
3638  * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
3639  * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
3640  *	be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
3641  *	All other parameters must be ignored.
3642  *
3643  * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
3644  *
3645  * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
3646  *      function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
3647  *
3648  * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
3649  *	If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
3650  *	upon which the driver should clear it.
3651  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3652  * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
3653  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3654  *
3655  * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
3656  *     user space
3657  *
3658  * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL).  The noencrypt parameter
3659  *	tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
3660  *
3661  * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3662  *	Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
3663  * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
3664  * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
3665  *
3666  * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME
3667  *	but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated
3668  *	DH IE through this interface.
3669  *
3670  * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame
3671  *	and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm.
3672  */
3673 struct cfg80211_ops {
3674 	int	(*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
3675 	int	(*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3676 	void	(*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
3677 
3678 	struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3679 						  const char *name,
3680 						  unsigned char name_assign_type,
3681 						  enum nl80211_iftype type,
3682 						  struct vif_params *params);
3683 	int	(*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3684 				    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3685 	int	(*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3686 				       struct net_device *dev,
3687 				       enum nl80211_iftype type,
3688 				       struct vif_params *params);
3689 
3690 	int	(*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3691 			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3692 			   struct key_params *params);
3693 	int	(*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3694 			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3695 			   void *cookie,
3696 			   void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
3697 	int	(*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3698 			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr);
3699 	int	(*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3700 				   struct net_device *netdev,
3701 				   u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
3702 	int	(*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3703 					struct net_device *netdev,
3704 					u8 key_index);
3705 
3706 	int	(*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3707 			    struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
3708 	int	(*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3709 				 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
3710 	int	(*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3711 
3712 
3713 	int	(*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3714 			       const u8 *mac,
3715 			       struct station_parameters *params);
3716 	int	(*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3717 			       struct station_del_parameters *params);
3718 	int	(*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3719 				  const u8 *mac,
3720 				  struct station_parameters *params);
3721 	int	(*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3722 			       const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3723 	int	(*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3724 				int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3725 
3726 	int	(*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3727 			       const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3728 	int	(*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3729 			       const u8 *dst);
3730 	int	(*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3731 				  const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3732 	int	(*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3733 			     u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3734 	int	(*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3735 			      int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
3736 			      struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3737 	int	(*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3738 			   u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3739 	int	(*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3740 			    int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
3741 			    struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3742 	int	(*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3743 				struct net_device *dev,
3744 				struct mesh_config *conf);
3745 	int	(*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3746 				      struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
3747 				      const struct mesh_config *nconf);
3748 	int	(*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3749 			     const struct mesh_config *conf,
3750 			     const struct mesh_setup *setup);
3751 	int	(*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3752 
3753 	int	(*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3754 			    struct ocb_setup *setup);
3755 	int	(*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3756 
3757 	int	(*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3758 			      struct bss_parameters *params);
3759 
3760 	int	(*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3761 				  struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
3762 
3763 	int	(*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3764 					     struct net_device *dev,
3765 					     struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
3766 
3767 	int	(*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3768 				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3769 
3770 	int	(*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3771 			struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
3772 	void	(*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3773 
3774 	int	(*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3775 			struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
3776 	int	(*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3777 			 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
3778 	int	(*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3779 			  struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
3780 	int	(*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3781 			    struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
3782 
3783 	int	(*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3784 			   struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
3785 	int	(*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3786 					 struct net_device *dev,
3787 					 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
3788 					 u32 changed);
3789 	int	(*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3790 			      u16 reason_code);
3791 
3792 	int	(*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3793 			     struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
3794 	int	(*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3795 
3796 	int	(*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3797 				  int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
3798 
3799 	int	(*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
3800 
3801 	int	(*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3802 				enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
3803 	int	(*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3804 				int *dbm);
3805 
3806 	int	(*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3807 				const u8 *addr);
3808 
3809 	void	(*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3810 
3811 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
3812 	int	(*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3813 				void *data, int len);
3814 	int	(*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
3815 				 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3816 				 void *data, int len);
3817 #endif
3818 
3819 	int	(*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3820 				    struct net_device *dev,
3821 				    const u8 *peer,
3822 				    const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
3823 
3824 	int	(*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3825 			int idx, struct survey_info *info);
3826 
3827 	int	(*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3828 			     struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3829 	int	(*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3830 			     struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3831 	int	(*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
3832 
3833 	int	(*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3834 				     struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3835 				     struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
3836 				     unsigned int duration,
3837 				     u64 *cookie);
3838 	int	(*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3839 					    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3840 					    u64 cookie);
3841 
3842 	int	(*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3843 			   struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
3844 			   u64 *cookie);
3845 	int	(*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3846 				       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3847 				       u64 cookie);
3848 
3849 	int	(*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3850 				  bool enabled, int timeout);
3851 
3852 	int	(*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3853 				       struct net_device *dev,
3854 				       s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
3855 
3856 	int	(*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3857 					     struct net_device *dev,
3858 					     s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
3859 
3860 	int	(*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3861 				      struct net_device *dev,
3862 				      u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
3863 
3864 	void	(*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3865 				       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3866 				       u16 frame_type, bool reg);
3867 
3868 	int	(*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3869 	int	(*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
3870 
3871 	int	(*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3872 				struct net_device *dev,
3873 				struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
3874 	int	(*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3875 				   u64 reqid);
3876 
3877 	int	(*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3878 				  struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
3879 
3880 	int	(*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3881 			     const u8 *peer, u8 action_code,  u8 dialog_token,
3882 			     u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability,
3883 			     bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3884 	int	(*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3885 			     const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
3886 
3887 	int	(*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3888 				const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
3889 
3890 	int	(*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3891 				  struct net_device *dev,
3892 				  u16 noack_map);
3893 
3894 	int	(*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3895 			       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3896 			       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3897 
3898 	int	(*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3899 				    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3900 	void	(*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3901 				   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3902 
3903 	int	(*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3904 			       const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
3905 
3906 	int	(*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3907 					 struct net_device *dev,
3908 					 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
3909 					 u32 cac_time_ms);
3910 	void	(*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3911 				struct net_device *dev);
3912 	int	(*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3913 				 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
3914 	int	(*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3915 				    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3916 				    enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
3917 				    u16 duration);
3918 	void	(*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3919 				   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3920 	int	(*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3921 				struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
3922 
3923 	int	(*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3924 				  struct net_device *dev,
3925 				  struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
3926 
3927 	int     (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3928 			       struct net_device *dev,
3929 			       struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
3930 
3931 	int	(*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3932 				    struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3933 
3934 	int	(*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3935 			     u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
3936 			     u16 admitted_time);
3937 	int	(*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3938 			     u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
3939 
3940 	int	(*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3941 				       struct net_device *dev,
3942 				       const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
3943 				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3944 	void	(*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3945 					      struct net_device *dev,
3946 					      const u8 *addr);
3947 	int	(*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3948 			     struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
3949 	void	(*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3950 	int	(*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3951 				struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
3952 	void	(*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3953 			       u64 cookie);
3954 	int	(*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3955 				   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3956 				   struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
3957 				   u32 changes);
3958 
3959 	int	(*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3960 					    struct net_device *dev,
3961 					    const bool enabled);
3962 
3963 	int	(*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3964 				 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3965 				 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats);
3966 
3967 	int	(*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3968 			   const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
3969 	int	(*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3970 			   const u8 *aa);
3971 	int     (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3972 				 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
3973 
3974 	int	(*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3975 				   struct net_device *dev,
3976 				   const u8 *buf, size_t len,
3977 				   const u8 *dest, const u8 *src,
3978 				   const __be16 proto,
3979 				   const bool noencrypt);
3980 
3981 	int	(*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3982 				struct net_device *dev,
3983 				struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
3984 
3985 	int	(*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3986 			      struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
3987 	void	(*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3988 			      struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
3989 	int	(*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3990 				   struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info);
3991 	int	(*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3992 				   const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3993 };
3994 
3995 /*
3996  * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
3997  * and registration/helper functions
3998  */
3999 
4000 /**
4001  * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
4002  *
4003  * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
4004  *	wiphy at all
4005  * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
4006  *	by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
4007  *	on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
4008  *	reason to override the default
4009  * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
4010  *	on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of
4011  *	supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype.
4012  * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
4013  * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
4014  *	control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
4015  *	control_port_no_encrypt flag.
4016  * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
4017  * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
4018  *	auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
4019  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
4020  *	firmware.
4021  * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
4022  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
4023  * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
4024  *	link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
4025  *	teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
4026  *	command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
4027  *	used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
4028  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
4029  * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
4030  *	when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
4031  *	cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
4032  * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
4033  *	responds to probe-requests in hardware.
4034  * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
4035  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
4036  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
4037  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
4038  *	beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
4039  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation
4040  *	before connection.
4041  */
4042 enum wiphy_flags {
4043 	/* use hole at 0 */
4044 	/* use hole at 1 */
4045 	/* use hole at 2 */
4046 	WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK			= BIT(3),
4047 	WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT		= BIT(4),
4048 	WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP			= BIT(5),
4049 	WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION		= BIT(6),
4050 	WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL	= BIT(7),
4051 	WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN			= BIT(8),
4052 	WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH			= BIT(10),
4053 	/* use hole at 11 */
4054 	/* use hole at 12 */
4055 	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM		= BIT(13),
4056 	WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD			= BIT(14),
4057 	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS		= BIT(15),
4058 	WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP		= BIT(16),
4059 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME			= BIT(17),
4060 	WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS			= BIT(18),
4061 	WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD	= BIT(19),
4062 	WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX			= BIT(20),
4063 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL	= BIT(21),
4064 	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ		= BIT(22),
4065 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= BIT(23),
4066 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP		= BIT(24),
4067 };
4068 
4069 /**
4070  * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
4071  * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
4072  * @types: interface types (bits)
4073  */
4074 struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
4075 	u16 max;
4076 	u16 types;
4077 };
4078 
4079 /**
4080  * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
4081  *
4082  * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
4083  * combinations it supports concurrently.
4084  *
4085  * Examples:
4086  *
4087  * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
4088  *
4089  *    .. code-block:: c
4090  *
4091  *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
4092  *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4093  *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
4094  *	};
4095  *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
4096  *		.limits = limits1,
4097  *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
4098  *		.max_interfaces = 2,
4099  *		.beacon_int_infra_match = true,
4100  *	};
4101  *
4102  *
4103  * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
4104  *
4105  *    .. code-block:: c
4106  *
4107  *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
4108  *		{ .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
4109  *				     BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
4110  *	};
4111  *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
4112  *		.limits = limits2,
4113  *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
4114  *		.max_interfaces = 8,
4115  *		.num_different_channels = 1,
4116  *	};
4117  *
4118  *
4119  * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
4120  *
4121  *    This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
4122  *
4123  *    .. code-block:: c
4124  *
4125  *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
4126  *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4127  *		{ .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
4128  *				     BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
4129  *	};
4130  *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
4131  *		.limits = limits3,
4132  *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
4133  *		.max_interfaces = 4,
4134  *		.num_different_channels = 2,
4135  *	};
4136  *
4137  */
4138 struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
4139 	/**
4140 	 * @limits:
4141 	 * limits for the given interface types
4142 	 */
4143 	const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
4144 
4145 	/**
4146 	 * @num_different_channels:
4147 	 * can use up to this many different channels
4148 	 */
4149 	u32 num_different_channels;
4150 
4151 	/**
4152 	 * @max_interfaces:
4153 	 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
4154 	 */
4155 	u16 max_interfaces;
4156 
4157 	/**
4158 	 * @n_limits:
4159 	 * number of limitations
4160 	 */
4161 	u8 n_limits;
4162 
4163 	/**
4164 	 * @beacon_int_infra_match:
4165 	 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
4166 	 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
4167 	 */
4168 	bool beacon_int_infra_match;
4169 
4170 	/**
4171 	 * @radar_detect_widths:
4172 	 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
4173 	 */
4174 	u8 radar_detect_widths;
4175 
4176 	/**
4177 	 * @radar_detect_regions:
4178 	 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
4179 	 */
4180 	u8 radar_detect_regions;
4181 
4182 	/**
4183 	 * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
4184 	 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
4185 	 *
4186 	 * = 0
4187 	 *   all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
4188 	 * > 0
4189 	 *   any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
4190 	 *   GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
4191 	 *   combination must be greater or equal to this value.
4192 	 */
4193 	u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
4194 };
4195 
4196 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
4197 	u16 tx, rx;
4198 };
4199 
4200 /**
4201  * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
4202  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
4203  *	trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
4204  *	wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
4205  *	received packet that passed filtering; note that the
4206  *	packet should be preserved in that case
4207  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
4208  *	(see nl80211.h)
4209  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
4210  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
4211  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
4212  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
4213  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
4214  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
4215  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
4216  */
4217 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
4218 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY		= BIT(0),
4219 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT		= BIT(1),
4220 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT		= BIT(2),
4221 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY	= BIT(3),
4222 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE	= BIT(4),
4223 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ	= BIT(5),
4224 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE	= BIT(6),
4225 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE	= BIT(7),
4226 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT		= BIT(8),
4227 };
4228 
4229 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
4230 	const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
4231 	u32 data_payload_max;
4232 	u32 data_interval_max;
4233 	u32 wake_payload_max;
4234 	bool seq;
4235 };
4236 
4237 /**
4238  * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
4239  * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
4240  * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
4241  *	(see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4242  * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4243  * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4244  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4245  * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
4246  *	similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
4247  *	scheduled scans.
4248  *	See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
4249  *	details.
4250  * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
4251  */
4252 struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
4253 	u32 flags;
4254 	int n_patterns;
4255 	int pattern_max_len;
4256 	int pattern_min_len;
4257 	int max_pkt_offset;
4258 	int max_nd_match_sets;
4259 	const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
4260 };
4261 
4262 /**
4263  * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
4264  * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
4265  * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4266  * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
4267  *	(see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4268  * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4269  * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4270  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4271  */
4272 struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
4273 	int n_rules;
4274 	int max_delay;
4275 	int n_patterns;
4276 	int pattern_max_len;
4277 	int pattern_min_len;
4278 	int max_pkt_offset;
4279 };
4280 
4281 /**
4282  * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
4283  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
4284  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
4285  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
4286  *	(must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
4287  */
4288 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
4289 	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
4290 	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
4291 	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
4292 };
4293 
4294 /**
4295  * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
4296  *
4297  * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
4298  * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
4299  * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
4300  *
4301  */
4302 enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
4303 	STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED	= BIT(0),
4304 	STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED	= BIT(1),
4305 	STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED		= BIT(2),
4306 };
4307 
4308 /**
4309  * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
4310  * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
4311  * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
4312  * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
4313  * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
4314  */
4315 
4316 struct sta_opmode_info {
4317 	u32 changed;
4318 	enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
4319 	enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
4320 	u8 rx_nss;
4321 };
4322 
4323 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA))
4324 
4325 /**
4326  * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
4327  * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
4328  * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
4329  * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
4330  *	flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
4331  *	pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
4332  * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
4333  *	@storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
4334  *	dumpit calls.
4335  * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
4336  *	Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the
4337  *	attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command).
4338  * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy
4339  * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
4340  * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
4341  * are used with dump requests.
4342  */
4343 struct wiphy_vendor_command {
4344 	struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
4345 	u32 flags;
4346 	int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4347 		    const void *data, int data_len);
4348 	int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4349 		      struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
4350 		      unsigned long *storage);
4351 	const struct nla_policy *policy;
4352 	unsigned int maxattr;
4353 };
4354 
4355 /**
4356  * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
4357  * @iftype: interface type
4358  * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4359  *	additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
4360  *	802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
4361  *	in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
4362  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
4363  * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4364  * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4365  */
4366 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
4367 	enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4368 	const u8 *extended_capabilities;
4369 	const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
4370 	u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4371 };
4372 
4373 /**
4374  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
4375  * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
4376  * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
4377  * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
4378  * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
4379  * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
4380  * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
4381  * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
4382  * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
4383  * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
4384  * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
4385  * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
4386  *	(set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
4387  *	forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
4388  * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
4389  *	not limited)
4390  */
4391 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities {
4392 	unsigned int max_peers;
4393 	u8 report_ap_tsf:1,
4394 	   randomize_mac_addr:1;
4395 
4396 	struct {
4397 		u32 preambles;
4398 		u32 bandwidths;
4399 		s8 max_bursts_exponent;
4400 		u8 max_ftms_per_burst;
4401 		u8 supported:1,
4402 		   asap:1,
4403 		   non_asap:1,
4404 		   request_lci:1,
4405 		   request_civicloc:1;
4406 	} ftm;
4407 };
4408 
4409 /**
4410  * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm
4411  * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the
4412  * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites.
4413  *
4414  * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types
4415  * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites
4416  * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4417  */
4418 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites {
4419 	u16 iftypes_mask;
4420 	const u32 *akm_suites;
4421 	int n_akm_suites;
4422 };
4423 
4424 /**
4425  * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
4426  * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
4427  *	note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
4428  *	the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
4429  * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
4430  * 	the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
4431  *	on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
4432  *	regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
4433  * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
4434  * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
4435  * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
4436  * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if
4437  *	the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in
4438  *	iftype_akm_suites.
4439  * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4440  * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type.
4441  *	Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot
4442  *	overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all
4443  *	instances of iftype_akm_suites).
4444  * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm
4445  *	suites are specified separately.
4446  * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
4447  * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
4448  * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
4449  *	-1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
4450  * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
4451  * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
4452  * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
4453  * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
4454  *	set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
4455  *	four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
4456  *	variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
4457  *	interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
4458  * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
4459  * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
4460  *	to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
4461  *	by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
4462  *	all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
4463  *	the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
4464  * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
4465  *	unregister hardware
4466  * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed
4467  *	automatically on wiphy renames
4468  * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy
4469  * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister
4470  * @wext: wireless extension handlers
4471  * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
4472  * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
4473  *	must be set by driver
4474  * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
4475  *	list single interface types.
4476  * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
4477  * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
4478  *	subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
4479  * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
4480  * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
4481  *	&enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
4482  * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
4483  * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
4484  *	&enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
4485  * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
4486  *	this variable determines its size
4487  * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
4488  *	any given scan
4489  * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
4490  *	the device can run concurrently.
4491  * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
4492  *	for in any given scheduled scan
4493  * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
4494  *	when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
4495  *	supported.
4496  * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
4497  *	add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
4498  *	include fixed IEs like supported rates
4499  * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
4500  *	scans
4501  * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
4502  *	of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
4503  * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
4504  *	single scan plan supported by the device.
4505  * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
4506  *	scan plan supported by the device.
4507  * @coverage_class: current coverage class
4508  * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
4509  * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
4510  * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
4511  * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
4512  *	wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
4513  * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
4514  *
4515  * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
4516  *	transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
4517  *	type
4518  *
4519  * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4520  *	configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4521  *	rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
4522  *
4523  * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4524  *	configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4525  *	rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
4526  *
4527  * @probe_resp_offload:
4528  *	 Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
4529  *	 See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4530  *	 when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4531  *
4532  * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
4533  *	may request, if implemented.
4534  *
4535  * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
4536  * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
4537  *	used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
4538  *	to the suspend() operation instead.
4539  *
4540  * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
4541  * @ht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
4542  *	If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4543  * @vht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
4544  *	If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4545  *
4546  * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
4547  *	not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
4548  *
4549  * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
4550  *	supports for ACL.
4551  *
4552  * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4553  *	additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
4554  *	the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
4555  *	and are in the same format as in the information element. See
4556  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
4557  *	extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
4558  *	for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
4559  * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4560  * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4561  * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
4562  * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
4563  *	capabilities are specified separately.
4564  * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
4565  *
4566  * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
4567  * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
4568  * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
4569  * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
4570  *
4571  * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
4572  *	(including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
4573  *	driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
4574  *	some cases, but may not always reach.
4575  *
4576  * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
4577  *	and probe responses.  This value should be set if the driver
4578  *	wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
4579  *	infinite.
4580  * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the
4581  *	frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which
4582  *	the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the
4583  *	low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set
4584  *	this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate.
4585  *	This value should be set in MHz.
4586  * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
4587  *	by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
4588  *	attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
4589  *
4590  * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
4591  *	bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.  For instance, for
4592  *	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
4593  *	(i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
4594  *
4595  * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
4596  * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
4597  * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
4598  *
4599  * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
4600  * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
4601  *	HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
4602  *	@support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
4603  *
4604  * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
4605  */
4606 struct wiphy {
4607 	/* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
4608 
4609 	/* permanent MAC address(es) */
4610 	u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
4611 	u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
4612 
4613 	struct mac_address *addresses;
4614 
4615 	const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
4616 
4617 	const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
4618 	int n_iface_combinations;
4619 	u16 software_iftypes;
4620 
4621 	u16 n_addresses;
4622 
4623 	/* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
4624 	u16 interface_modes;
4625 
4626 	u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
4627 
4628 	u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
4629 	u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
4630 
4631 	u32 ap_sme_capa;
4632 
4633 	enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
4634 
4635 	int bss_priv_size;
4636 	u8 max_scan_ssids;
4637 	u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
4638 	u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
4639 	u8 max_match_sets;
4640 	u16 max_scan_ie_len;
4641 	u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
4642 	u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
4643 	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
4644 	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
4645 
4646 	int n_cipher_suites;
4647 	const u32 *cipher_suites;
4648 
4649 	int n_akm_suites;
4650 	const u32 *akm_suites;
4651 
4652 	const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites;
4653 	unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites;
4654 
4655 	u8 retry_short;
4656 	u8 retry_long;
4657 	u32 frag_threshold;
4658 	u32 rts_threshold;
4659 	u8 coverage_class;
4660 
4661 	char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
4662 	u32 hw_version;
4663 
4664 #ifdef CONFIG_PM
4665 	const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
4666 	struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
4667 #endif
4668 
4669 	u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
4670 
4671 	u8 max_num_pmkids;
4672 
4673 	u32 available_antennas_tx;
4674 	u32 available_antennas_rx;
4675 
4676 	/*
4677 	 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading
4678 	 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4679 	 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4680 	 */
4681 	u32 probe_resp_offload;
4682 
4683 	const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
4684 	u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4685 
4686 	const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
4687 	unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
4688 
4689 	/* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g.
4690 	 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't
4691 	 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered
4692 	 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to
4693 	 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */
4694 	const void *privid;
4695 
4696 	struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
4697 
4698 	/* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */
4699 	void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4700 			     struct regulatory_request *request);
4701 
4702 	/* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
4703 
4704 	const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
4705 
4706 	/* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this,
4707 	 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */
4708 	struct device dev;
4709 
4710 	/* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */
4711 	bool registered;
4712 
4713 	/* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */
4714 	struct dentry *debugfsdir;
4715 
4716 	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
4717 	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
4718 
4719 	struct list_head wdev_list;
4720 
4721 	/* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */
4722 	possible_net_t _net;
4723 
4724 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4725 	const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
4726 #endif
4727 
4728 	const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
4729 
4730 	const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
4731 	const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
4732 	int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
4733 
4734 	u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
4735 
4736 	u8 max_num_csa_counters;
4737 	u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp;
4738 
4739 	u32 bss_select_support;
4740 
4741 	u8 nan_supported_bands;
4742 
4743 	u32 txq_limit;
4744 	u32 txq_memory_limit;
4745 	u32 txq_quantum;
4746 
4747 	unsigned long tx_queue_len;
4748 
4749 	u8 support_mbssid:1,
4750 	   support_only_he_mbssid:1;
4751 
4752 	const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa;
4753 
4754 	char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
4755 };
4756 
4757 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4758 {
4759 	return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
4760 }
4761 
4762 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
4763 {
4764 	write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
4765 }
4766 
4767 /**
4768  * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
4769  *
4770  * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
4771  * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
4772  */
4773 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4774 {
4775 	BUG_ON(!wiphy);
4776 	return &wiphy->priv;
4777 }
4778 
4779 /**
4780  * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
4781  *
4782  * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
4783  * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
4784  */
4785 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
4786 {
4787 	BUG_ON(!priv);
4788 	return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
4789 }
4790 
4791 /**
4792  * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
4793  *
4794  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
4795  * @dev: The device to parent it to
4796  */
4797 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
4798 {
4799 	wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
4800 }
4801 
4802 /**
4803  * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
4804  *
4805  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
4806  * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
4807  */
4808 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4809 {
4810 	return wiphy->dev.parent;
4811 }
4812 
4813 /**
4814  * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
4815  *
4816  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
4817  * Return: The name of @wiphy.
4818  */
4819 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
4820 {
4821 	return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
4822 }
4823 
4824 /**
4825  * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4826  *
4827  * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4828  * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4829  * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
4830  *	NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
4831  *
4832  * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4833  * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4834  *
4835  * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4836  * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4837  */
4838 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
4839 			   const char *requested_name);
4840 
4841 /**
4842  * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4843  *
4844  * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4845  * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4846  *
4847  * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4848  * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4849  *
4850  * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4851  * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4852  */
4853 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
4854 				      int sizeof_priv)
4855 {
4856 	return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
4857 }
4858 
4859 /**
4860  * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
4861  *
4862  * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
4863  *
4864  * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
4865  */
4866 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4867 
4868 /**
4869  * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
4870  *
4871  * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
4872  *
4873  * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
4874  * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
4875  * request that is being handled.
4876  */
4877 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4878 
4879 /**
4880  * wiphy_free - free wiphy
4881  *
4882  * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
4883  */
4884 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4885 
4886 /* internal structs */
4887 struct cfg80211_conn;
4888 struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
4889 struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
4890 struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
4891 
4892 /**
4893  * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
4894  *
4895  * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
4896  * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
4897  * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
4898  * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
4899  * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device.
4900  *
4901  * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
4902  * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
4903  * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
4904  * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
4905  *
4906  * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
4907  * @iftype: interface type
4908  * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
4909  * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
4910  * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
4911  *	wireless device if it has no netdev
4912  * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4913  * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
4914  *	the user-set channel definition.
4915  * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
4916  *	track the channel to be used for AP later
4917  * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4918  * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4919  * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4920  * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4921  * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4922  * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
4923  * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
4924  * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
4925  * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
4926  * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
4927  * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
4928  * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
4929  * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
4930  * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
4931  * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
4932  * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
4933  * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
4934  * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
4935  *	set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
4936  *	netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
4937  *	by cfg80211 on change_interface
4938  * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
4939  * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
4940  * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
4941  *	and some API functions require it held
4942  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
4943  *	beacons, 0 when not valid
4944  * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
4945  * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
4946  *	the P2P Device.
4947  * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
4948  * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
4949  * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
4950  * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
4951  * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
4952  * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
4953  *	registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
4954  * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
4955  * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
4956  * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
4957  * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
4958  * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
4959  * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
4960  * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
4961  * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
4962  * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
4963  * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
4964  * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
4965  * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
4966  * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
4967  * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
4968  * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
4969  * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
4970  */
4971 struct wireless_dev {
4972 	struct wiphy *wiphy;
4973 	enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4974 
4975 	/* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
4976 	struct list_head list;
4977 	struct net_device *netdev;
4978 
4979 	u32 identifier;
4980 
4981 	struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
4982 	spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock;
4983 
4984 	struct mutex mtx;
4985 
4986 	bool use_4addr, is_running;
4987 
4988 	u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
4989 
4990 	/* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
4991 	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4992 	u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len;
4993 	struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
4994 	struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
4995 	enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
4996 	u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
4997 
4998 	struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
4999 	u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
5000 
5001 	struct list_head event_list;
5002 	spinlock_t event_lock;
5003 
5004 	struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */
5005 	struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
5006 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
5007 
5008 	bool ibss_fixed;
5009 	bool ibss_dfs_possible;
5010 
5011 	bool ps;
5012 	int ps_timeout;
5013 
5014 	int beacon_interval;
5015 
5016 	u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
5017 
5018 	u32 owner_nlportid;
5019 	bool nl_owner_dead;
5020 
5021 	bool cac_started;
5022 	unsigned long cac_start_time;
5023 	unsigned int cac_time_ms;
5024 
5025 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
5026 	/* wext data */
5027 	struct {
5028 		struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
5029 		struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
5030 		struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
5031 		const u8 *ie;
5032 		size_t ie_len;
5033 		u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
5034 		u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
5035 		u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
5036 		s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
5037 		bool prev_bssid_valid;
5038 	} wext;
5039 #endif
5040 
5041 	struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config;
5042 
5043 	struct list_head pmsr_list;
5044 	spinlock_t pmsr_lock;
5045 	struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk;
5046 };
5047 
5048 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
5049 {
5050 	if (wdev->netdev)
5051 		return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
5052 	return wdev->address;
5053 }
5054 
5055 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
5056 {
5057 	if (wdev->netdev)
5058 		return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
5059 	return wdev->is_running;
5060 }
5061 
5062 /**
5063  * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
5064  *
5065  * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
5066  * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
5067  */
5068 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
5069 {
5070 	BUG_ON(!wdev);
5071 	return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
5072 }
5073 
5074 /**
5075  * DOC: Utility functions
5076  *
5077  * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
5078  */
5079 
5080 /**
5081  * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
5082  * @chan: channel number
5083  * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
5084  * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
5085  */
5086 int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
5087 
5088 /**
5089  * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
5090  * @freq: center frequency
5091  * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
5092  */
5093 int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq);
5094 
5095 /**
5096  * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
5097  *
5098  * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
5099  * @freq: the center frequency of the channel
5100  *
5101  * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
5102  */
5103 struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq);
5104 
5105 /**
5106  * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
5107  *
5108  * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5109  * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
5110  * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
5111  *
5112  * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
5113  * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
5114  * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
5115  * rates in the band's bitrate table.
5116  */
5117 struct ieee80211_rate *
5118 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5119 			    u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
5120 
5121 /**
5122  * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
5123  * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5124  * @scan_width: width of the control channel
5125  *
5126  * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
5127  * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
5128  */
5129 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5130 			      enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
5131 
5132 /*
5133  * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
5134  *
5135  * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
5136  * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt
5137  */
5138 
5139 struct radiotap_align_size {
5140 	uint8_t align:4, size:4;
5141 };
5142 
5143 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
5144 	const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
5145 	int n_bits;
5146 	uint32_t oui;
5147 	uint8_t subns;
5148 };
5149 
5150 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
5151 	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
5152 	int n_ns;
5153 };
5154 
5155 /**
5156  * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
5157  * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
5158  *	to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
5159  * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
5160  *	call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
5161  *	ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
5162  *	the beginning of the actual data portion
5163  * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
5164  * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
5165  *	(or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
5166  * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
5167  *	radiotap namespace or not
5168  *
5169  * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
5170  * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
5171  * @_arg_index: next argument index
5172  * @_arg: next argument pointer
5173  * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
5174  * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
5175  * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
5176  * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
5177  * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
5178  *	next bitmap word
5179  *
5180  * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
5181  * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
5182  */
5183 
5184 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
5185 	struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
5186 	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
5187 	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
5188 
5189 	unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
5190 	__le32 *_next_bitmap;
5191 
5192 	unsigned char *this_arg;
5193 	int this_arg_index;
5194 	int this_arg_size;
5195 
5196 	int is_radiotap_ns;
5197 
5198 	int _max_length;
5199 	int _arg_index;
5200 	uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
5201 	int _reset_on_ext;
5202 };
5203 
5204 int
5205 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
5206 				 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
5207 				 int max_length,
5208 				 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
5209 
5210 int
5211 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
5212 
5213 
5214 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
5215 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
5216 
5217 /**
5218  * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
5219  *
5220  * @skb: the frame
5221  *
5222  * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
5223  * returns the 802.11 header length.
5224  *
5225  * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
5226  * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
5227  * 802.11 header.
5228  */
5229 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
5230 
5231 /**
5232  * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
5233  * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
5234  * Return: The header length in bytes.
5235  */
5236 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
5237 
5238 /**
5239  * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
5240  * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
5241  *	(first byte) will be accessed
5242  * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
5243  * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
5244  */
5245 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
5246 
5247 /**
5248  * DOC: Data path helpers
5249  *
5250  * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
5251  * functions that help implement the data path for devices
5252  * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
5253  */
5254 
5255 /**
5256  * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5257  * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5258  * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
5259  *	of it being pushed into the SKB
5260  * @addr: the device MAC address
5261  * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5262  * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
5263  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5264  */
5265 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
5266 				  const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5267 				  u8 data_offset);
5268 
5269 /**
5270  * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5271  * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5272  * @addr: the device MAC address
5273  * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5274  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5275  */
5276 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
5277 					 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
5278 {
5279 	return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0);
5280 }
5281 
5282 /**
5283  * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
5284  *
5285  * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
5286  * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
5287  * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
5288  *
5289  * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
5290  * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
5291  *	initialized by by the caller.
5292  * @addr: The device MAC address.
5293  * @iftype: The device interface type.
5294  * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
5295  * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5296  * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5297  */
5298 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
5299 			      const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5300 			      const unsigned int extra_headroom,
5301 			      const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa);
5302 
5303 /**
5304  * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
5305  * @skb: the data frame
5306  * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
5307  * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
5308  */
5309 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
5310 				    struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
5311 
5312 /**
5313  * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
5314  *
5315  * @eid: element ID
5316  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5317  * @len: length of data
5318  * @match: byte array to match
5319  * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5320  * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
5321  *	Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
5322  *	the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
5323  *	the data portion instead.
5324  *
5325  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5326  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5327  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5328  * requested element struct.
5329  *
5330  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5331  * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5332  * byte array to match.
5333  */
5334 const struct element *
5335 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5336 			 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5337 			 unsigned int match_offset);
5338 
5339 /**
5340  * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
5341  *
5342  * @eid: element ID
5343  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5344  * @len: length of data
5345  * @match: byte array to match
5346  * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5347  * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
5348  *	If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
5349  *	Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
5350  *	byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
5351  *	the second byte is the IE length.
5352  *
5353  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5354  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5355  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
5356  * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5357  * element ID.
5358  *
5359  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5360  * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5361  * byte array to match.
5362  */
5363 static inline const u8 *
5364 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5365 		       const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5366 		       unsigned int match_offset)
5367 {
5368 	/* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
5369 	 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
5370 	 */
5371 	if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) ||
5372 		    (!match_len && match_offset)))
5373 		return NULL;
5374 
5375 	return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len,
5376 						match, match_len,
5377 						match_offset ?
5378 							match_offset - 2 : 0);
5379 }
5380 
5381 /**
5382  * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
5383  *
5384  * @eid: element ID
5385  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5386  * @len: length of data
5387  *
5388  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5389  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5390  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5391  * requested element struct.
5392  *
5393  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5394  * having to fit into the given data.
5395  */
5396 static inline const struct element *
5397 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5398 {
5399 	return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5400 }
5401 
5402 /**
5403  * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
5404  *
5405  * @eid: element ID
5406  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5407  * @len: length of data
5408  *
5409  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5410  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5411  * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5412  * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5413  *
5414  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5415  * having to fit into the given data.
5416  */
5417 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5418 {
5419 	return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5420 }
5421 
5422 /**
5423  * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
5424  *
5425  * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5426  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5427  * @len: length of data
5428  *
5429  * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if
5430  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5431  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5432  * requested element struct.
5433  *
5434  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5435  * having to fit into the given data.
5436  */
5437 static inline const struct element *
5438 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5439 {
5440 	return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5441 					&ext_eid, 1, 0);
5442 }
5443 
5444 /**
5445  * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
5446  *
5447  * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5448  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5449  * @len: length of data
5450  *
5451  * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
5452  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5453  * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5454  * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5455  *
5456  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5457  * having to fit into the given data.
5458  */
5459 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5460 {
5461 	return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5462 				      &ext_eid, 1, 2);
5463 }
5464 
5465 /**
5466  * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
5467  *
5468  * @oui: vendor OUI
5469  * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5470  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5471  * @len: length of data
5472  *
5473  * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5474  * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
5475  * return the element structure for the requested element.
5476  *
5477  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5478  * the given data.
5479  */
5480 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5481 						const u8 *ies,
5482 						unsigned int len);
5483 
5484 /**
5485  * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
5486  *
5487  * @oui: vendor OUI
5488  * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5489  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5490  * @len: length of data
5491  *
5492  * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5493  * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
5494  * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5495  * element ID.
5496  *
5497  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5498  * the given data.
5499  */
5500 static inline const u8 *
5501 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5502 			const u8 *ies, unsigned int len)
5503 {
5504 	return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len);
5505 }
5506 
5507 /**
5508  * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
5509  *
5510  * @dev: network device
5511  * @addr: STA MAC address
5512  *
5513  * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
5514  * devices upon STA association.
5515  */
5516 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
5517 
5518 /**
5519  * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
5520  *
5521  * TODO
5522  */
5523 
5524 /**
5525  * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
5526  * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
5527  *	conflicts)
5528  * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
5529  * 	should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
5530  * 	set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
5531  * 	alpha2.
5532  *
5533  * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
5534  * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
5535  * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
5536  * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
5537  * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
5538  * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
5539  *
5540  * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
5541  * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
5542  * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
5543  *
5544  * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5545  * an -ENOMEM.
5546  *
5547  * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
5548  */
5549 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
5550 
5551 /**
5552  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
5553  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5554  * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
5555  *
5556  * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
5557  * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
5558  * information.
5559  *
5560  * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5561  */
5562 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5563 			      struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5564 
5565 /**
5566  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers
5567  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5568  * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
5569  *
5570  * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain
5571  * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see
5572  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
5573  *
5574  * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5575  */
5576 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5577 					struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5578 
5579 /**
5580  * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
5581  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5582  * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
5583  *
5584  * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
5585  * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
5586  * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
5587  * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
5588  * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
5589  * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
5590  * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
5591  * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
5592  * that called this helper.
5593  */
5594 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5595 				   const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
5596 
5597 /**
5598  * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
5599  * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
5600  * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
5601  *
5602  * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
5603  * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
5604  * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
5605  * and processed already.
5606  *
5607  * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
5608  * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
5609  * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
5610  * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
5611  * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
5612  * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
5613  * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
5614  */
5615 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5616 					       u32 center_freq);
5617 
5618 /**
5619  * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
5620  * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
5621  *
5622  * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
5623  * proper string representation.
5624  */
5625 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
5626 
5627 /**
5628  * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom
5629  * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked.
5630  *
5631  * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI).
5632  */
5633 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5634 
5635 /**
5636  * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
5637  *
5638  */
5639 
5640 /**
5641  * reg_query_regdb_wmm -  Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
5642  * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
5643  *
5644  * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
5645  * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried.
5646  * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
5647  *
5648  * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to  query
5649  * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
5650  * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
5651  *
5652  * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5653  * an -ENODATA.
5654  *
5655  * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
5656  */
5657 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq,
5658 			struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule);
5659 
5660 /*
5661  * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
5662  * functions and BSS handling helpers
5663  */
5664 
5665 /**
5666  * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
5667  *
5668  * @request: the corresponding scan request
5669  * @info: information about the completed scan
5670  */
5671 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
5672 			struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
5673 
5674 /**
5675  * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
5676  *
5677  * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
5678  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5679  */
5680 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5681 
5682 /**
5683  * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5684  *
5685  * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5686  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5687  *
5688  * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5689  * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
5690  * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5691  */
5692 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5693 
5694 /**
5695  * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5696  *
5697  * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5698  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5699  *
5700  * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5701  * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
5702  * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5703  * This function should be called with rtnl locked.
5704  */
5705 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5706 
5707 /**
5708  * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
5709  * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5710  * @data: the BSS metadata
5711  * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
5712  * @len: length of the management frame
5713  * @gfp: context flags
5714  *
5715  * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5716  * the BSS should be updated/added.
5717  *
5718  * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5719  * Or %NULL on error.
5720  */
5721 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5722 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5723 			       struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5724 			       struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5725 			       gfp_t gfp);
5726 
5727 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5728 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5729 				struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5730 				enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5731 				struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5732 				s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5733 {
5734 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5735 		.chan = rx_channel,
5736 		.scan_width = scan_width,
5737 		.signal = signal,
5738 	};
5739 
5740 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5741 }
5742 
5743 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5744 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5745 			  struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5746 			  struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5747 			  s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5748 {
5749 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5750 		.chan = rx_channel,
5751 		.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5752 		.signal = signal,
5753 	};
5754 
5755 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5756 }
5757 
5758 /**
5759  * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
5760  * @bssid: transmitter BSSID
5761  * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
5762  * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
5763  * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
5764  */
5765 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid,
5766 					  u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid)
5767 {
5768 	u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid);
5769 	u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0);
5770 	u64 new_bssid_u64;
5771 
5772 	new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask;
5773 
5774 	new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask;
5775 
5776 	u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid);
5777 }
5778 
5779 /**
5780  * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited
5781  * @element: element to check
5782  * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element
5783  */
5784 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element,
5785 				   const struct element *non_inherit_element);
5786 
5787 /**
5788  * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs
5789  * @ie: ies
5790  * @ielen: length of IEs
5791  * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element
5792  * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile)
5793  * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile
5794  * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length
5795  */
5796 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5797 			      const struct element *mbssid_elem,
5798 			      const struct element *sub_elem,
5799 			      u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len);
5800 
5801 /**
5802  * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
5803  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
5804  *	from a beacon or probe response
5805  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
5806  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
5807  */
5808 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
5809 	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
5810 	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
5811 	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
5812 };
5813 
5814 /**
5815  * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
5816  *
5817  * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5818  * @data: the BSS metadata
5819  * @ftype: frame type (if known)
5820  * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
5821  * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
5822  * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
5823  * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
5824  * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
5825  * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
5826  * @gfp: context flags
5827  *
5828  * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5829  * the BSS should be updated/added.
5830  *
5831  * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5832  * Or %NULL on error.
5833  */
5834 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5835 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5836 			 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5837 			 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5838 			 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5839 			 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5840 			 gfp_t gfp);
5841 
5842 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5843 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5844 			  struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5845 			  enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5846 			  enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5847 			  const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5848 			  u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5849 			  s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5850 {
5851 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5852 		.chan = rx_channel,
5853 		.scan_width = scan_width,
5854 		.signal = signal,
5855 	};
5856 
5857 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
5858 					capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
5859 					gfp);
5860 }
5861 
5862 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5863 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5864 		    struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5865 		    enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5866 		    const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5867 		    u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5868 		    s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5869 {
5870 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5871 		.chan = rx_channel,
5872 		.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5873 		.signal = signal,
5874 	};
5875 
5876 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
5877 					capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
5878 					gfp);
5879 }
5880 
5881 /**
5882  * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
5883  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5884  * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
5885  * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
5886  * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
5887  * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
5888  * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
5889  * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
5890  */
5891 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5892 				      struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
5893 				      const u8 *bssid,
5894 				      const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
5895 				      enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
5896 				      enum ieee80211_privacy privacy);
5897 static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
5898 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5899 		  struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
5900 		  const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
5901 {
5902 	return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
5903 				IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
5904 				IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
5905 }
5906 
5907 /**
5908  * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
5909  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5910  * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
5911  *
5912  * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
5913  */
5914 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5915 
5916 /**
5917  * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
5918  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5919  * @bss: the BSS struct
5920  *
5921  * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
5922  */
5923 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5924 
5925 /**
5926  * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
5927  * @wiphy: the wiphy
5928  * @bss: the bss to remove
5929  *
5930  * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
5931  * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
5932  * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
5933  * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
5934  */
5935 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5936 
5937 /**
5938  * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries
5939  *
5940  * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy
5941  * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not
5942  * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB.
5943  *
5944  * @wiphy: the wiphy
5945  * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel
5946  *     of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel.
5947  * @iter: the iterator function to call
5948  * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function
5949  */
5950 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5951 		       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5952 		       void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5953 				    struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
5954 				    void *data),
5955 		       void *iter_data);
5956 
5957 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
5958 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
5959 {
5960 	switch (chandef->width) {
5961 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
5962 		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
5963 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
5964 		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
5965 	default:
5966 		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
5967 	}
5968 }
5969 
5970 /**
5971  * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
5972  * @dev: network device
5973  * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
5974  * @len: length of the frame data
5975  *
5976  * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
5977  * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
5978  * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
5979  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5980  * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
5981  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5982  * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
5983  * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
5984  * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
5985  * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
5986  *
5987  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5988  */
5989 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5990 
5991 /**
5992  * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
5993  * @dev: network device
5994  * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
5995  *
5996  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
5997  * mutex.
5998  */
5999 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
6000 
6001 /**
6002  * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
6003  * @dev: network device
6004  * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
6005  *	moves to cfg80211 in this call
6006  * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
6007  * @len: length of the frame data
6008  * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
6009  *	as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
6010  * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
6011  * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
6012  *
6013  * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
6014  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6015  *
6016  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6017  */
6018 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
6019 			    struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
6020 			    const u8 *buf, size_t len,
6021 			    int uapsd_queues,
6022 			    const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len);
6023 
6024 /**
6025  * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
6026  * @dev: network device
6027  * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
6028  *
6029  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6030  */
6031 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6032 
6033 /**
6034  * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt
6035  * @dev: network device
6036  * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned.
6037  *
6038  * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX,
6039  * an association attempt was abandoned.
6040  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6041  */
6042 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6043 
6044 /**
6045  * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
6046  * @dev: network device
6047  * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
6048  * @len: length of the frame data
6049  *
6050  * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
6051  * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
6052  * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
6053  * corresponding wdev's mutex.
6054  */
6055 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
6056 
6057 /**
6058  * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
6059  * @dev: network device
6060  * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body)
6061  * @len: length of the frame data
6062  *
6063  * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
6064  * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
6065  * frame was not protected. This function may sleep.
6066  */
6067 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
6068 				  const u8 *buf, size_t len);
6069 
6070 /**
6071  * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
6072  * @dev: network device
6073  * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
6074  * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
6075  * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
6076  * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
6077  * @gfp: allocation flags
6078  *
6079  * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
6080  * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
6081  * primitive.
6082  */
6083 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
6084 				  enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
6085 				  const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
6086 
6087 /**
6088  * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
6089  *
6090  * @dev: network device
6091  * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
6092  * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
6093  * @gfp: allocation flags
6094  *
6095  * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
6096  * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
6097  * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
6098  * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
6099  * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
6100  * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
6101  */
6102 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6103 			  struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
6104 
6105 /**
6106  * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate
6107  *
6108  * @dev: network device
6109  * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
6110  * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
6111  * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
6112  * @gfp: allocation flags
6113  *
6114  * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
6115  * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
6116  * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
6117  */
6118 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
6119 		const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len,
6120 		int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp);
6121 
6122 /**
6123  * DOC: RFkill integration
6124  *
6125  * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
6126  * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
6127  * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
6128  * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
6129  * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
6130  *
6131  * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
6132  * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
6133  * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
6134  */
6135 
6136 /**
6137  * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
6138  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6139  * @blocked: block status
6140  */
6141 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked);
6142 
6143 /**
6144  * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
6145  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6146  */
6147 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6148 
6149 /**
6150  * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
6151  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6152  */
6153 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6154 
6155 /**
6156  * DOC: Vendor commands
6157  *
6158  * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
6159  * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
6160  * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
6161  * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
6162  * the configuration mechanism.
6163  *
6164  * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
6165  * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
6166  * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
6167  *
6168  * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
6169  * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
6170  * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
6171  * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
6172  * managers etc. need.
6173  */
6174 
6175 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6176 					   enum nl80211_commands cmd,
6177 					   enum nl80211_attrs attr,
6178 					   int approxlen);
6179 
6180 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6181 					   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6182 					   enum nl80211_commands cmd,
6183 					   enum nl80211_attrs attr,
6184 					   unsigned int portid,
6185 					   int vendor_event_idx,
6186 					   int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
6187 
6188 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
6189 
6190 /**
6191  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
6192  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6193  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6194  *	be put into the skb
6195  *
6196  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6197  * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6198  * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
6199  *
6200  * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
6201  * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6202  * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6203  * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6204  * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6205  * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
6206  * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
6207  *
6208  * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
6209  * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
6210  *
6211  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6212  */
6213 static inline struct sk_buff *
6214 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6215 {
6216 	return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6217 					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
6218 }
6219 
6220 /**
6221  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
6222  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6223  *	cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
6224  *
6225  * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6226  * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
6227  * return the error code.  Note that this function consumes the
6228  * skb regardless of the return value.
6229  *
6230  * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6231  */
6232 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
6233 
6234 /**
6235  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender
6236  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6237  *
6238  * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
6239  * Valid to call only there.
6240  */
6241 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6242 
6243 /**
6244  * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
6245  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6246  * @wdev: the wireless device
6247  * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6248  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6249  *	be put into the skb
6250  * @gfp: allocation flags
6251  *
6252  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6253  * vendor-specific multicast group.
6254  *
6255  * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6256  * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6257  * attribute.
6258  *
6259  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6260  * skb to send the event.
6261  *
6262  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6263  */
6264 static inline struct sk_buff *
6265 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6266 			     int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6267 {
6268 	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6269 					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6270 					  0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6271 }
6272 
6273 /**
6274  * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
6275  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6276  * @wdev: the wireless device
6277  * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6278  * @portid: port ID of the receiver
6279  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6280  *	be put into the skb
6281  * @gfp: allocation flags
6282  *
6283  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
6284  * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
6285  * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
6286  * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
6287  *
6288  * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6289  * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6290  * attribute.
6291  *
6292  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6293  * skb to send the event.
6294  *
6295  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6296  */
6297 static inline struct sk_buff *
6298 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6299 				  struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6300 				  unsigned int portid, int approxlen,
6301 				  int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6302 {
6303 	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6304 					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6305 					  portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6306 }
6307 
6308 /**
6309  * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
6310  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
6311  * @gfp: allocation flags
6312  *
6313  * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6314  * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
6315  */
6316 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6317 {
6318 	__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6319 }
6320 
6321 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
6322 /**
6323  * DOC: Test mode
6324  *
6325  * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
6326  * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
6327  * factory programming.
6328  *
6329  * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
6330  * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
6331  */
6332 
6333 /**
6334  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
6335  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6336  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6337  *	be put into the skb
6338  *
6339  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6340  * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6341  * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
6342  *
6343  * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
6344  * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6345  * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6346  * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6347  * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6348  * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
6349  * must not modify the skb in any other way.
6350  *
6351  * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
6352  * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
6353  *
6354  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6355  */
6356 static inline struct sk_buff *
6357 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6358 {
6359 	return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6360 					  NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
6361 }
6362 
6363 /**
6364  * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
6365  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6366  *	cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
6367  *
6368  * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6369  * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
6370  * the error code.  Note that this function consumes the skb
6371  * regardless of the return value.
6372  *
6373  * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6374  */
6375 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
6376 {
6377 	return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
6378 }
6379 
6380 /**
6381  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
6382  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6383  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6384  *	be put into the skb
6385  * @gfp: allocation flags
6386  *
6387  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6388  * testmode multicast group.
6389  *
6390  * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
6391  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
6392  * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
6393  * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
6394  * in any other way.
6395  *
6396  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
6397  * skb to send the event.
6398  *
6399  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6400  */
6401 static inline struct sk_buff *
6402 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
6403 {
6404 	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6405 					  NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1,
6406 					  approxlen, gfp);
6407 }
6408 
6409 /**
6410  * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
6411  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6412  *	cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
6413  * @gfp: allocation flags
6414  *
6415  * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6416  * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
6417  * consumes it.
6418  */
6419 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6420 {
6421 	__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6422 }
6423 
6424 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)	.testmode_cmd = (cmd),
6425 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)	.testmode_dump = (cmd),
6426 #else
6427 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
6428 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
6429 #endif
6430 
6431 /**
6432  * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
6433  * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
6434  * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
6435  * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
6436  *	@erp_next_seq_num is valid.
6437  * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
6438  *	FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
6439  *	status for a FILS connection.
6440  * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6441  * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
6442  * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
6443  *	used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6444  */
6445 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params {
6446 	const u8 *kek;
6447 	size_t kek_len;
6448 	bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
6449 	u16 erp_next_seq_num;
6450 	const u8 *pmk;
6451 	size_t pmk_len;
6452 	const u8 *pmkid;
6453 };
6454 
6455 /**
6456  * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
6457  * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6458  *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6459  *	the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6460  *	failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6461  *	from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6462  *	indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6463  *	@timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6464  *	case.
6465  * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL)
6466  * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6467  *	cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
6468  *	bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
6469  *	through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
6470  *	connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
6471  *	Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
6472  * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
6473  * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
6474  * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6475  * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
6476  * @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
6477  * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6478  *	connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6479  *	the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6480  *	not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6481  *	failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6482  *	This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6483  */
6484 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
6485 	int status;
6486 	const u8 *bssid;
6487 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6488 	const u8 *req_ie;
6489 	size_t req_ie_len;
6490 	const u8 *resp_ie;
6491 	size_t resp_ie_len;
6492 	struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6493 	enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
6494 };
6495 
6496 /**
6497  * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6498  *
6499  * @dev: network device
6500  * @params: connection response parameters
6501  * @gfp: allocation flags
6502  *
6503  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6504  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6505  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
6506  * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
6507  * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
6508  * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6509  */
6510 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
6511 			   struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
6512 			   gfp_t gfp);
6513 
6514 /**
6515  * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6516  *
6517  * @dev: network device
6518  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6519  * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6520  *	cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
6521  *	bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
6522  *	through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
6523  *	connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
6524  *	Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
6525  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6526  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6527  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6528  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6529  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6530  *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6531  *	the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6532  *	failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6533  *	from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6534  *	indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6535  *	@timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6536  *	case.
6537  * @gfp: allocation flags
6538  * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6539  *	connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6540  *	the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6541  *	not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6542  *	failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6543  *	This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6544  *
6545  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6546  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6547  * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
6548  * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
6549  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6550  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6551  */
6552 static inline void
6553 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6554 		     struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
6555 		     size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
6556 		     size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
6557 		     enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6558 {
6559 	struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
6560 
6561 	memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
6562 	params.status = status;
6563 	params.bssid = bssid;
6564 	params.bss = bss;
6565 	params.req_ie = req_ie;
6566 	params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
6567 	params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
6568 	params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
6569 	params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
6570 
6571 	cfg80211_connect_done(dev, &params, gfp);
6572 }
6573 
6574 /**
6575  * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6576  *
6577  * @dev: network device
6578  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6579  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6580  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6581  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6582  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6583  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6584  *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6585  *	the real status code for failures.
6586  * @gfp: allocation flags
6587  *
6588  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6589  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6590  * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
6591  * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6592  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6593  */
6594 static inline void
6595 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6596 			const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
6597 			const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
6598 			u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
6599 {
6600 	cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
6601 			     resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
6602 			     NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
6603 }
6604 
6605 /**
6606  * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
6607  *
6608  * @dev: network device
6609  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6610  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6611  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6612  * @gfp: allocation flags
6613  * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
6614  *
6615  * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
6616  * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
6617  * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
6618  * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
6619  * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
6620  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6621  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6622  */
6623 static inline void
6624 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6625 			 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
6626 			 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6627 {
6628 	cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
6629 			     gfp, timeout_reason);
6630 }
6631 
6632 /**
6633  * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
6634  *
6635  * @channel: the channel of the new AP
6636  * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set)
6637  * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set)
6638  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6639  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6640  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6641  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6642  * @fils: FILS related roaming information.
6643  */
6644 struct cfg80211_roam_info {
6645 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
6646 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6647 	const u8 *bssid;
6648 	const u8 *req_ie;
6649 	size_t req_ie_len;
6650 	const u8 *resp_ie;
6651 	size_t resp_ie_len;
6652 	struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6653 };
6654 
6655 /**
6656  * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
6657  *
6658  * @dev: network device
6659  * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
6660  * @gfp: allocation flags
6661  *
6662  * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
6663  * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
6664  * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
6665  * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
6666  * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
6667  * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
6668  * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
6669  * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
6670  * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
6671  * released while disconnecting from the current bss.
6672  */
6673 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
6674 		     gfp_t gfp);
6675 
6676 /**
6677  * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
6678  *
6679  * @dev: network device
6680  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6681  * @gfp: allocation flags
6682  *
6683  * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
6684  * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
6685  * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
6686  * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
6687  * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
6688  * indicate the 802.11 association.
6689  */
6690 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6691 			      gfp_t gfp);
6692 
6693 /**
6694  * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
6695  *
6696  * @dev: network device
6697  * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
6698  * @ie_len: length of IEs
6699  * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
6700  * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
6701  * @gfp: allocation flags
6702  *
6703  * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
6704  * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
6705  */
6706 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
6707 			   const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
6708 			   bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
6709 
6710 /**
6711  * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
6712  * @wdev: wireless device
6713  * @cookie: the request cookie
6714  * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6715  * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
6716  *	channel
6717  * @gfp: allocation flags
6718  */
6719 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6720 			       struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6721 			       unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
6722 
6723 /**
6724  * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
6725  * @wdev: wireless device
6726  * @cookie: the request cookie
6727  * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6728  * @gfp: allocation flags
6729  */
6730 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6731 					struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6732 					gfp_t gfp);
6733 
6734 /**
6735  * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired
6736  * @wdev: wireless device
6737  * @cookie: the requested cookie
6738  * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request)
6739  * @gfp: allocation flags
6740  */
6741 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6742 			      struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp);
6743 
6744 /**
6745  * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
6746  *
6747  * @sinfo: the station information
6748  * @gfp: allocation flags
6749  */
6750 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6751 
6752 /**
6753  * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
6754  * @sinfo: the station information
6755  *
6756  * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
6757  * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
6758  * the stack.)
6759  */
6760 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo)
6761 {
6762 	kfree(sinfo->pertid);
6763 }
6764 
6765 /**
6766  * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
6767  *
6768  * @dev: the netdev
6769  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6770  * @sinfo: the station information
6771  * @gfp: allocation flags
6772  */
6773 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6774 		      struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6775 
6776 /**
6777  * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
6778  * @dev: the netdev
6779  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6780  * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
6781  * @gfp: allocation flags
6782  */
6783 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6784 			    struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6785 
6786 /**
6787  * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
6788  *
6789  * @dev: the netdev
6790  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6791  * @gfp: allocation flags
6792  */
6793 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
6794 				    const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
6795 {
6796 	cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
6797 }
6798 
6799 /**
6800  * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
6801  *
6802  * @dev: the netdev
6803  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6804  * @reason: the reason for connection failure
6805  * @gfp: allocation flags
6806  *
6807  * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
6808  * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
6809  * for some reasons, this function is called.
6810  *
6811  * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
6812  * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
6813  */
6814 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6815 			  enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
6816 			  gfp_t gfp);
6817 
6818 /**
6819  * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
6820  * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6821  * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
6822  * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
6823  * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6824  * @len: length of the frame data
6825  * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
6826  *
6827  * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
6828  * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
6829  *
6830  * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
6831  * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
6832  * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
6833  * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
6834  */
6835 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm,
6836 		      const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags);
6837 
6838 /**
6839  * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
6840  * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6841  * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
6842  * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6843  * @len: length of the frame data
6844  * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
6845  * @gfp: context flags
6846  *
6847  * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
6848  * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
6849  * transmission attempt.
6850  */
6851 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6852 			     const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp);
6853 
6854 
6855 /**
6856  * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
6857  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6858  * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame.  It is assumed that the skbuf
6859  *	is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header).  The skb can be non-linear.
6860  *	This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
6861  *	responsible for any cleanup.  The caller must also ensure that
6862  *	skb->protocol is set appropriately.
6863  * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
6864  *
6865  * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
6866  * frame.  It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
6867  * control port frames over nl80211.
6868  *
6869  * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
6870  * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
6871  *
6872  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
6873  */
6874 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev,
6875 			      struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted);
6876 
6877 /**
6878  * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
6879  * @dev: network device
6880  * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
6881  * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
6882  * @gfp: context flags
6883  *
6884  * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
6885  * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
6886  */
6887 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6888 			      enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
6889 			      s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
6890 
6891 /**
6892  * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
6893  * @dev: network device
6894  * @peer: peer's MAC address
6895  * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
6896  *	but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
6897  *	threshold (to account for temporary interference)
6898  * @gfp: context flags
6899  */
6900 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6901 				 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
6902 
6903 /**
6904  * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
6905  * @dev: network device
6906  * @peer: peer's MAC address
6907  * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
6908  * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
6909  * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
6910  * @gfp: context flags
6911  *
6912  * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
6913  * given interval is exceeded.
6914  */
6915 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
6916 			     u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
6917 
6918 /**
6919  * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
6920  * @dev: network device
6921  * @gfp: context flags
6922  *
6923  * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
6924  */
6925 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
6926 
6927 /**
6928  * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
6929  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6930  * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
6931  * @gfp: context flags
6932  *
6933  * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
6934  */
6935 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6936 			  struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp);
6937 
6938 /**
6939  * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
6940  * @dev: network device
6941  * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
6942  * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
6943  * @gfp: context flags
6944  *
6945  * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
6946  * frame.
6947  */
6948 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
6949 				       struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
6950 				       gfp_t gfp);
6951 
6952 /**
6953  * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
6954  * @netdev: network device
6955  * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
6956  * @event: type of event
6957  * @gfp: context flags
6958  *
6959  * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
6960  * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
6961  * also by full-MAC drivers.
6962  */
6963 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
6964 			const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6965 			enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
6966 
6967 
6968 /**
6969  * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
6970  * @dev: network device
6971  * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
6972  * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
6973  * @gfp: allocation flags
6974  */
6975 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6976 			       const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
6977 
6978 /**
6979  * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
6980  * @dev: network device
6981  * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
6982  * @bssid: BSSID of AP
6983  * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
6984  * @gfp: allocation flags
6985  */
6986 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
6987 				     const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
6988 
6989 /**
6990  * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
6991  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6992  * @addr: the transmitter address
6993  * @gfp: context flags
6994  *
6995  * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
6996  * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
6997  * sender.
6998  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
6999  * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
7000  */
7001 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
7002 				const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
7003 
7004 /**
7005  * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
7006  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7007  * @addr: the transmitter address
7008  * @gfp: context flags
7009  *
7010  * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
7011  * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
7012  * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
7013  * station to avoid event flooding.
7014  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
7015  * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
7016  */
7017 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
7018 					const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
7019 
7020 /**
7021  * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
7022  * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
7023  * @addr: the address of the peer
7024  * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
7025  * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
7026  * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
7027  * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
7028  * @gfp: allocation flags
7029  */
7030 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
7031 			   u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
7032 			   bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
7033 
7034 /**
7035  * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
7036  * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
7037  * @frame: the frame
7038  * @len: length of the frame
7039  * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
7040  * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7041  *
7042  * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
7043  * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
7044  * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
7045  */
7046 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7047 				 const u8 *frame, size_t len,
7048 				 int freq, int sig_dbm);
7049 
7050 /**
7051  * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
7052  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7053  * @chandef: the channel definition
7054  * @iftype: interface type
7055  *
7056  * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
7057  * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
7058  */
7059 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7060 			     struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7061 			     enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
7062 
7063 /**
7064  * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
7065  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7066  * @chandef: the channel definition
7067  * @iftype: interface type
7068  *
7069  * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
7070  * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
7071  * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
7072  * more permissive conditions.
7073  *
7074  * Requires the RTNL to be held.
7075  */
7076 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7077 				   struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7078 				   enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
7079 
7080 /*
7081  * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
7082  * @dev: the device which switched channels
7083  * @chandef: the new channel definition
7084  *
7085  * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
7086  * driver context!
7087  */
7088 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7089 			       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
7090 
7091 /*
7092  * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
7093  * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
7094  * @chandef: the future channel definition
7095  * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
7096  *
7097  * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
7098  * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
7099  * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
7100  */
7101 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7102 				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7103 				       u8 count);
7104 
7105 /**
7106  * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
7107  *
7108  * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
7109  * @band: band pointer to fill
7110  *
7111  * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7112  */
7113 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
7114 				       enum nl80211_band *band);
7115 
7116 /**
7117  * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
7118  *
7119  * @chandef: the chandef to convert
7120  * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
7121  *
7122  * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7123  */
7124 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7125 					  u8 *op_class);
7126 
7127 /*
7128  * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
7129  * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
7130  * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
7131  * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
7132  *	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
7133  * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
7134  * @gfp: allocation flags
7135  *
7136  * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
7137  * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
7138  * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
7139  * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
7140  * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
7141  */
7142 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
7143 				enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
7144 				u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
7145 
7146 /*
7147  * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
7148  * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
7149  *
7150  * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
7151  */
7152 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
7153 
7154 /**
7155  * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
7156  * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
7157  *
7158  * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned,
7159  * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that
7160  * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function
7161  * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by
7162  * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also
7163  * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g.
7164  * when the device is unbound from the driver.
7165  *
7166  * Requires the RTNL to be held.
7167  */
7168 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
7169 
7170 /**
7171  * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements
7172  * @ies: FT IEs
7173  * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
7174  * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
7175  * @ric_ies: RIC IE
7176  * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
7177  */
7178 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
7179 	const u8 *ies;
7180 	size_t ies_len;
7181 	const u8 *target_ap;
7182 	const u8 *ric_ies;
7183 	size_t ric_ies_len;
7184 };
7185 
7186 /**
7187  * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
7188  * @netdev: network device
7189  * @ft_event: IE information
7190  */
7191 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7192 		       struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
7193 
7194 /**
7195  * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
7196  * @ies: the input IE buffer
7197  * @len: the input length
7198  * @attr: the attribute ID to find
7199  * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
7200  *	if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
7201  * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
7202  *
7203  * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
7204  * copies its contents to the given buffer.
7205  *
7206  * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
7207  * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
7208  * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
7209  */
7210 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
7211 			  enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
7212 			  u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
7213 
7214 /**
7215  * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
7216  * @ies: the IE buffer
7217  * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7218  * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7219  *	the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7220  *	EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7221  * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7222  * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
7223  * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
7224  * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7225  *
7226  * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7227  * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7228  * split.
7229  *
7230  * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7231  * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7232  *
7233  * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7234  * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7235  * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7236  *
7237  * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7238  * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7239  * of the buffer should be used.
7240  */
7241 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7242 			      const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
7243 			      const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
7244 			      size_t offset);
7245 
7246 /**
7247  * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
7248  * @ies: the IE buffer
7249  * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7250  * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7251  *	the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7252  *	EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7253  * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7254  * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7255  *
7256  * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7257  * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7258  * split.
7259  *
7260  * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7261  * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7262  *
7263  * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7264  * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7265  * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7266  *
7267  * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7268  * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7269  * of the buffer should be used.
7270  */
7271 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7272 					const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
7273 {
7274 	return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
7275 }
7276 
7277 /**
7278  * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
7279  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
7280  * @wakeup: the wakeup report
7281  * @gfp: allocation flags
7282  *
7283  * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
7284  * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
7285  * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
7286  * else caused the wakeup.
7287  */
7288 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7289 				   struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
7290 				   gfp_t gfp);
7291 
7292 /**
7293  * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
7294  *
7295  * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
7296  * @gfp: allocation flags
7297  *
7298  * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
7299  * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
7300  * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
7301  */
7302 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
7303 
7304 /**
7305  * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
7306  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7307  *
7308  * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
7309  */
7310 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7311 
7312 /**
7313  * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
7314  *
7315  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7316  * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7317  *
7318  * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
7319  * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
7320  * the interface combinations.
7321  */
7322 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7323 				struct iface_combination_params *params);
7324 
7325 /**
7326  * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
7327  *
7328  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7329  * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7330  * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
7331  * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
7332  *
7333  * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
7334  * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
7335  * purposes.
7336  */
7337 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7338 			       struct iface_combination_params *params,
7339 			       void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
7340 					    void *data),
7341 			       void *data);
7342 
7343 /*
7344  * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
7345  *
7346  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7347  * @wdev: wireless device
7348  * @gfp: context flags
7349  *
7350  * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
7351  * disconnected.
7352  *
7353  * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
7354  */
7355 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7356 			 gfp_t gfp);
7357 
7358 /**
7359  * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
7360  * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
7361  *
7362  * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
7363  * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
7364  * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
7365  * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
7366  *
7367  * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
7368  * the driver while the function is running.
7369  */
7370 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7371 
7372 /**
7373  * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
7374  *
7375  * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7376  * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7377  *
7378  * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7379  * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7380  */
7381 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7382 					 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7383 {
7384 	u8 *ft_byte;
7385 
7386 	ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7387 	*ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
7388 }
7389 
7390 /**
7391  * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
7392  *
7393  * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7394  * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7395  *
7396  * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7397  * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7398  */
7399 static inline bool
7400 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7401 			enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7402 {
7403 	u8 ft_byte;
7404 
7405 	ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7406 	return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
7407 }
7408 
7409 /**
7410  * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
7411  * @f: NAN function that should be freed
7412  *
7413  * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
7414  */
7415 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
7416 
7417 /**
7418  * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
7419  * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
7420  *	 %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
7421  *	 If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
7422  *	 result.
7423  *	 If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
7424  * @inst_id: the local instance id
7425  * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
7426  * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
7427  * @info_len: the length of the &info
7428  * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
7429  * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
7430  */
7431 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
7432 	enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
7433 	u8 inst_id;
7434 	u8 peer_inst_id;
7435 	const u8 *addr;
7436 	u8 info_len;
7437 	const u8 *info;
7438 	u64 cookie;
7439 };
7440 
7441 /**
7442  * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
7443  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7444  * @match: match notification parameters
7445  * @gfp: allocation flags
7446  *
7447  * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
7448  * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
7449  * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
7450  */
7451 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7452 			struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
7453 
7454 /**
7455  * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
7456  *
7457  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7458  * @inst_id: the local instance id
7459  * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
7460  * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
7461  * @gfp: allocation flags
7462  *
7463  * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
7464  */
7465 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7466 				  u8 inst_id,
7467 				  enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
7468 				  u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
7469 
7470 /* ethtool helper */
7471 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
7472 
7473 /**
7474  * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
7475  * @netdev: network device
7476  * @params: External authentication parameters
7477  * @gfp: allocation flags
7478  * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
7479  */
7480 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
7481 				   struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
7482 				   gfp_t gfp);
7483 
7484 /**
7485  * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
7486  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7487  * @req: the original measurement request
7488  * @result: the result data
7489  * @gfp: allocation flags
7490  */
7491 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7492 			  struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7493 			  struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result,
7494 			  gfp_t gfp);
7495 
7496 /**
7497  * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
7498  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7499  * @req: the original measurement request
7500  * @gfp: allocation flags
7501  *
7502  * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
7503  * the request pointer will no longer be valid.
7504  */
7505 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7506 			    struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7507 			    gfp_t gfp);
7508 
7509 /**
7510  * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed
7511  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7512  * @iftype: interface type
7513  * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1'
7514  * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces
7515  *
7516  * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API
7517  * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when
7518  * check_swif is '1'.
7519  */
7520 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
7521 			     bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif);
7522 
7523 
7524 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
7525 
7526 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
7527 
7528 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...)		\
7529 	dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7530 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7531 	dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7532 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7533 	dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7534 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7535 	dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7536 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7537 	dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7538 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7539 	dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7540 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7541 	dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7542 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7543 	dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7544 
7545 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)		\
7546 	dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7547 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)		\
7548 	dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7549 
7550 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7551 	wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
7552 
7553 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7554 	dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7555 
7556 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
7557 #define wiphy_vdbg	wiphy_dbg
7558 #else
7559 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...)				\
7560 ({									\
7561 	if (0)								\
7562 		wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args);	\
7563 	0;								\
7564 })
7565 #endif
7566 
7567 /*
7568  * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
7569  * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
7570  * file/line information and a backtrace.
7571  */
7572 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7573 	WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
7574 
7575 /**
7576  * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space
7577  * @netdev: network device
7578  * @owe_info: peer's owe info
7579  * @gfp: allocation flags
7580  */
7581 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7582 				    struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info,
7583 				    gfp_t gfp);
7584 
7585 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */
7586